{"title":"Surfboard Trading Co.","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"sharky-shoreline-by-ben-hicks-limited-edition-surfboard-art","title":"Sharky Shoreline by Ben Hicks – Limited Edition Surfboard Art","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"relative basis-auto flex-col -mb-(--composer-overlap-px) pb-(--composer-overlap-px) [--composer-overlap-px:28px] grow flex\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex min-h-0 grow flex-col text-sm\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"qMYqUG_convSearchResultHighlightRoot qMYqUG_convSearchResultTextHighlightSafari\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-8 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"safari-katex-mathml markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full light markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eSHARKY SHORELINE — BEN HICKS × SURFBOARD TRADING CO.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSharky Shoreline is a limited-edition surfboard art piece created in collaboration with photographer Ben Hicks and Surfboard Trading Co. Featuring an aerial photograph of juvenile sharks cruising just feet from the Florida shoreline, the piece transforms a fleeting coastal moment into collectible, functional art.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBen captured the image by drone near \u003cstrong\u003ePompano Beach, Florida\u003c\/strong\u003e, after receiving a tip that small sharks were moving along the shoreline. Photographed on a clear summer day, the image captures the contrast between the sharks, shallow coastal water and shoreline from a perspective rarely seen from land. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photograph is printed on premium fiberglass cloth, laminated into the surfboard with resin and hand polished to a gloss finish. Display Sharky Shoreline vertically or horizontally as statement wall art—or take it to the water. \u003cstrong\u003eThis is a real, fully functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLIMITED EDITION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLimited to 50 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Sharky Shoreline surfboard includes a \u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtist:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ben Hicks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sharky Shoreline\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limited Edition Surfboard Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pompano Beach, Florida\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSubject:\u003c\/strong\u003e Juvenile Sharks \/ Florida Coastline \/ Ocean\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Photography printed on fiberglass \/ functional surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdition:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 of 50\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5'7\" × 21 1\/4\" × 2 5\/8\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.6L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO DISPLAY. BUILT TO SURF.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative surfboard replicas, Sharky Shoreline is built as an authentic, functional surfboard. Its aerial ocean photography and full-size sculptural form make it a statement piece for \u003cstrong\u003eluxury homes, contemporary coastal interiors, offices, hospitality spaces and curated design projects\u003c\/strong\u003e, while retaining the ability to be surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is custom made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eWhere was Sharky Shoreline photographed?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBen Hicks captured Sharky Shoreline by drone near \u003cstrong\u003ePompano Beach, Florida\u003c\/strong\u003e, where juvenile sharks were swimming approximately 10 feet from shore on a clear summer day. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Sharky Shoreline a real surfboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Sharky Shoreline is an authentic, functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard featuring Ben Hicks' photography. It can be displayed as collectible art or surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Sharky Shoreline limited edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Sharky Shoreline is limited to \u003cstrong\u003e50 pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e, and each board includes a Certificate of Authenticity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Sharky Shoreline be displayed as wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Sharky Shoreline can be displayed vertically or horizontally as sculptural surfboard wall art or leaned within an interior as a freestanding statement piece.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997539967218,"sku":"sku-46350645362903","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/sharks_shoreline.jpg?v=1788029832"},{"product_id":"line-up-by-ben-hicks-limited-edition-surfboard-art","title":"Line Up by Ben Hicks – Limited Edition Surfboard Art","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eLINE UP — BEN HICKS × SURFBOARD TRADING CO.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLine Up is a limited-edition surfboard art piece created in collaboration with Florida photographer Ben Hicks and Surfboard Trading Co. Designed as both a functional surfboard and collectible statement piece, it brings fine-art ocean photography to the sculptural form of an authentic surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaptured by drone off the south end of \u003cstrong\u003eDelray Beach, Florida\u003c\/strong\u003e, Line Up documents a winter northeast groundswell pushing through crystal-clear South Florida water—a perspective that celebrates the surfers, ocean and rhythm of a day in the lineup. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photograph is printed on premium fiberglass cloth, laminated into the surfboard with resin and hand polished to a gloss finish. Display it vertically or horizontally as surfboard wall art—or take it to the water. \u003cstrong\u003eThis is a real, fully functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLIMITED EDITION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLimited to 50 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Line Up surfboard includes a \u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtist:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ben Hicks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e Line Up\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limited Edition Surfboard Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delray Beach, Florida\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Photography printed on fiberglass \/ functional surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdition:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 of 50\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5'7\" × 21 1\/4\" × 2 5\/8\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO DISPLAY. BUILT TO SURF.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative surfboard replicas, Line Up is built as an authentic, functional surfboard. Its full-size shape creates a sculptural statement for \u003cstrong\u003eluxury homes, coastal interiors, offices, hospitality spaces and design projects\u003c\/strong\u003e, while retaining the ability to be surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs Line Up a real surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Line Up is an authentic, functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard featuring Ben Hicks' photography. It can be displayed as collectible surfboard art or surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Line Up limited edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Line Up is limited to \u003cstrong\u003e50 pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e, and each board includes a Certificate of Authenticity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan surfboard art be hung on a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Line Up can be displayed vertically or horizontally using an appropriate surfboard wall mount, or leaned within an interior as a freestanding statement piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Line Up available to interior designers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Line Up is suited for residential and commercial design projects including luxury homes, coastal interiors, hospitality, offices and retail spaces.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997539999986,"sku":"sku-46350658699479","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/5_ef1cbfd5-3b89-4088-b19a-3364747de531.jpg?v=1788029832"},{"product_id":"sunny-barrel-by-ben-hicks-limited-edition-surfboard-art","title":"Sunny Barrel by Ben Hicks – Limited Edition Surfboard Art","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eSUNNY BARREL — BEN HICKS × SURFBOARD TRADING CO.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunny Barrel is a limited-edition surfboard art piece created in collaboration with photographer Ben Hicks and Surfboard Trading Co. Featuring a breaking tropical wave in Indonesia's Mentawai Islands, the piece brings fine-art surf photography to the sculptural form of an authentic, functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBen captured the image during a boat trip through the outer island chain of the \u003cstrong\u003eMentawai Islands off Sumatra, Indonesia\u003c\/strong\u003e, an area renowned for some of the world's most celebrated surf. The expedition was led by surf exploration pioneer Martin Daley aboard the Indies Trader 3. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photograph is printed on premium fiberglass cloth, laminated into the surfboard with resin and hand polished to a gloss finish. Display Sunny Barrel vertically or horizontally as statement wall art—or take it to the water. \u003cstrong\u003eThis is a real, fully functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLIMITED EDITION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLimited to only 50 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Sunny Barrel surfboard includes a \u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtist:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ben Hicks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sunny Barrel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limited Edition Surfboard Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mentawai Islands, Indonesia\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSubject:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tropical Wave \/ Surf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Photography printed on fiberglass \/ functional surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdition:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 of 50\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5'7\" × 21 1\/4\" × 2 5\/8\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.6L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO DISPLAY. BUILT TO SURF.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative surfboard replicas, Sunny Barrel is built as an authentic, functional surfboard. Its tropical ocean photography and sculptural form create a statement piece for \u003cstrong\u003eluxury homes, coastal interiors, hospitality spaces and design-conscious environments\u003c\/strong\u003e, while retaining the ability to be surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is custom made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs Sunny Barrel a real surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Sunny Barrel is an authentic, functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard featuring photography by Ben Hicks. It can be displayed as collectible surfboard art or surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere was the Sunny Barrel photograph taken?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBen Hicks captured Sunny Barrel during a boat trip through the \u003cstrong\u003eMentawai Islands off Sumatra, Indonesia\u003c\/strong\u003e, one of the world's most celebrated surf destinations. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Sunny Barrel limited edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eOnly 20 Sunny Barrel pieces will be produced\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it one of the more limited pieces in the Ben Hicks × Surfboard Trading Co. collection. Each includes a Certificate of Authenticity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Sunny Barrel be displayed as wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Sunny Barrel can be displayed vertically or horizontally as sculptural surfboard wall art or leaned within an interior as a freestanding statement piece.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997540393202,"sku":"sku-46350656667863","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/SunnyBarrel.jpg?v=1788029832"},{"product_id":"going-right-by-ben-hicks-limited-edition-surfboard-art","title":"Going Right by Ben Hicks – Limited Edition Surfboard Art","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eGOING RIGHT — BEN HICKS × SURFBOARD TRADING CO.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGoing Right is a limited-edition surfboard art piece created in collaboration with photographer Ben Hicks and Surfboard Trading Co. Featuring black-and-white surf photography captured during a hurricane swell on Florida's Gulf Coast, the piece brings the raw energy of surfing to the sculptural form of an authentic, functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBen grew up in \u003cstrong\u003eVenice, Florida\u003c\/strong\u003e, where consistent surf can be hard to come by but the local surf community runs deep. He captured Going Right during a fall hurricane moving north through the Gulf of Mexico, when south swell pushed into Venice Inlet. The photograph was taken on the north side of the jetty in \u003cstrong\u003eNokomis, Florida\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black-and-white photograph is printed on premium fiberglass cloth, laminated into the surfboard with resin and hand polished to a gloss finish. Display Going Right as statement surfboard wall art—or take it to the water. \u003cstrong\u003eThis is a real, fully functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLIMITED EDITION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLimited to 50 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Going Right surfboard includes a \u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtist:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ben Hicks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e Going Right\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limited Edition Surfboard Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nokomis \/ Venice Inlet, Florida\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSubject:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surfing \/ Hurricane Swell \/ Florida Coast\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black-and-White Photography on Fiberglass Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdition:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 of 50\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5'7\" × 21 1\/4\" × 2 5\/8\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.6L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO DISPLAY. BUILT TO SURF.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative surfboard replicas, Going Right is built as an authentic, functional surfboard. Its monochromatic photography gives the piece a more understated, architectural character suited to \u003cstrong\u003econtemporary interiors, luxury coastal homes, offices, hospitality spaces and curated design projects\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is custom made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eWhere was Going Right photographed?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBen Hicks captured Going Right during a fall hurricane swell on Florida's Gulf Coast. The photograph was taken on the north side of Venice Inlet's jetty in Nokomis, Florida. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Going Right a real surfboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Going Right is an authentic, functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard featuring photography by Ben Hicks. It can be displayed as collectible surfboard art or surfed. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Going Right limited edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Going Right is limited to \u003cstrong\u003e50 pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e, and each includes a Certificate of Authenticity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Going Right be displayed as wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Going Right can be displayed vertically or horizontally as sculptural surfboard wall art or leaned within an interior as a freestanding statement piece.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997540196594,"sku":"sku-46350642512087","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/1_967bdde3-6503-4b07-bdae-3707db2c2ad5.jpg?v=1788029832"},{"product_id":"just-the-tip-noserider-longboard-surfboard-paulownia-gloss-eps","title":"8-9 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Just The Tip Noserider Longboard Surfboard – Paulownia Gloss EPS","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eJust The Tip is a user-friendly noserider longboard surfboard \u003c\/strong\u003edesigned for surfers who want to spend more time on the front half of their board. Its wide nose, subtle nose spoon, forgiving 50\/50 rails and stable rolled bottom work together to make cross-stepping and noseriding more approachable while maintaining the smooth, flowing feel of traditional longboarding.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA wide nose creates a stable platform when moving forward and provides the surface area needed for confident noseriding. The subtle spoon through the nose adds control when you're on the front of the board, while the rolled bottom and 50\/50 rails create smooth rail-to-rail transitions and a predictable feel underfoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a forgiving noserider that performs in both softer everyday surf and clean longboard waves. Whether you're learning to cross-step, working toward longer noserides or simply looking for a stable, versatile longboard, Just The Tip is designed to make traditional longboard surfing easier and more fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eBEST FOR\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Intermediate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWave Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small surf through clean everyday longboard waves\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mushy waves through clean, lined-up surf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Noseriding \/ Cross-Stepping \/ Traditional Longboarding\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Learning and progressing your noseriding\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Noserider Longboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paulownia Wood EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50\/50\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNose:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide Nose \/ Subtle Spoon\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Contour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolled Bottom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Fin:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\"–10\" Longboard Fin\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paulownia Gloss\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eWIDE NOSERIDER OUTLINE\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wide nose creates a stable platform for walking forward and spending more time on the front of the board. The added surface area provides stability underfoot when cross-stepping and helps make noseriding more approachable for surfers developing their traditional longboard skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSUBTLE NOSE SPOON\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA subtle spoon through the nose is designed to improve control when the surfer moves forward. It complements the wide nose and helps the board feel stable during cheater fives, hang fives, hang tens and other noseriding variations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFORGIVING 50\/50 RAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional 50\/50 rails create smooth, predictable transitions through turns and while cross-stepping. Their rounded profile gives Just The Tip a forgiving feel and helps maintain the smooth flow associated with traditional longboard surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eROLLED BOTTOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rolled bottom through the center of the board creates a stable, smooth feel underfoot and helps the board transition naturally from rail to rail. This predictable platform makes it easier to move around the board and work your way toward the nose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBUILT FOR NOSERIDING PROGRESSION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust The Tip isn't designed only for surfers who can already hang ten. Its forgiving outline and stable platform make it particularly useful for surfers learning to cross-step, improving their positioning and working toward longer, more controlled nose rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eWHAT SIZE JUST THE TIP SHOULD I RIDE?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e22 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e65.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'2\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e23\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3 1\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e78.3L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e23 1\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3 7\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e87.7L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e8'6\" — 65.4L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shortest and most manageable Just The Tip. The 8'6\" maintains the stability and noseriding characteristics of the shape in a more maneuverable package, making it especially useful for lighter surfers or riders who don't want the size of a traditional 9'+ longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e9'2\" — 78.3L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe all-around choice in the Just The Tip range. The 9'2\" provides substantial stability, glide and nose area for traditional longboarding while remaining manageable enough for everyday surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e9'6\" — 87.7L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe largest Just The Tip provides maximum glide, stability and platform for traditional longboarding and noseriding. Choose the 9'6\" if your priority is spending more time on the nose and maximizing the classic longboard feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eRecommendations\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFIN\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust The Tip is designed to pair with a \u003cstrong\u003e9\"–10\" longboard fin\u003c\/strong\u003e. Fin size and template can be adjusted depending on rider size and whether you prioritize maneuverability or additional hold while nose riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs Just The Tip a good longboard for learning to noseride?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Just The Tip was designed to make noseriding more approachable. Its wide nose creates a stable platform when stepping forward, while the 50\/50 rails and rolled bottom provide a smooth, predictable feel as you move around the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes a good noserider longboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA good noserider typically combines a stable nose platform with design characteristics that provide control and stability when the surfer moves forward. Just The Tip uses a wide nose, subtle nose spoon, 50\/50 rails and rolled bottom to create a forgiving platform specifically suited to traditional longboarding and noseriding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Just The Tip good for beginner longboarders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Just The Tip is particularly well suited to beginner and intermediate longboarders who want to develop traditional longboarding skills. Its stable, forgiving design helps make cross-stepping and moving around the board more approachable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you hang ten on Just The Tip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Just The Tip was specifically designed for noseriding, including hang fives and hang tens. Its wide nose and subtle nose spoon provide a stable platform for surfers progressing toward longer and more controlled noserides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat waves is Just The Tip best for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust The Tip performs well in softer, mushier surf as well as clean longboard waves. Its stability and wave-catching ability make it a versatile everyday longboard rather than a board reserved only for perfect noseriding conditions. Your current description explicitly says it thrives in both mushy and clean conditions. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size Just The Tip should I ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 8'6\" if you want the most manageable and maneuverable version, the 9'2\" for an all-around balance of glide and control, and the 9'6\" if maximum glide, stability and traditional longboard feel are your priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat fin should I use with Just The Tip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend pairing Just The Tip with a \u003cstrong\u003e9\"–10\" longboard fin\u003c\/strong\u003e. A larger or more hold-oriented fin can provide additional stability for noseriding, while a more maneuverable template can create a looser feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"Just The Tip\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gqot5V6JzOM\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"8’6 x 22 1\/2 x 3” – 65.4 L","offer_id":49997540425970,"sku":"sku-46362170786007","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9’2” x 23″ x 3 1\/4” – 78.3 L","offer_id":49997540458738,"sku":"sku-46362170818775","price":1295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"9’6″ x 23 1\/8″ x 3 7\/16” – 87.7 L","offer_id":49997540491506,"sku":"sku-46362170851543","price":1349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/IMG-3632.jpg?v=1788029832"},{"product_id":"paulownia-wood-stand-up-paddleboard-stco-ships-10-6-26","title":"10 - 11 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Paulownia Wood Stand Up Paddleboard","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSurfboard Trading Co. Paulownia Stand Up Paddleboard\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight, durable all-around SUP designed for recreational paddling, cruising, exploring and catching waves.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a \u003cstrong\u003epremium EPS core and full Paulownia wood finish\u003c\/strong\u003e, this board combines the natural look of wood with a lightweight construction designed for everyday use on the water. Paulownia is prized for its excellent strength-to-weight characteristics, allowing us to create a paddleboard that's both durable and visually distinctive without making the board unnecessarily heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e33 inches wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the STCo. Paulownia SUP provides a stable platform for paddling while maintaining a streamlined outline and pin tail for efficient glide and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're paddling calm waterways, cruising along the coastline or taking the board into small surf, it's designed to be a versatile paddleboard you can reach for again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recreational paddling, cruising, exploring and small-wave surfing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat water, intracoastal waterways, lakes, calm ocean conditions and small surf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e All-Around Stand Up Paddleboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Premium EPS \/ Paulownia Wood \/ Epoxy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pin Tail\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFin Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three Fin\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 26–29 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 240 lbs depending on size\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaddle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold Separately\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Our Paulownia Paddleboard Works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTABLE 33\" PLATFORM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes feature a \u003cstrong\u003e33-inch width\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing the stability recreational paddlers want without creating an excessively wide or cumbersome board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe generous platform makes balancing and paddling approachable for newer riders while still providing experienced paddlers with an efficient board for everyday cruising.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePAULOWNIA WOOD CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Paulownia wood finish isn't simply about appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaulownia is a lightweight wood with an excellent strength-to-weight ratio, allowing the board to combine the natural aesthetic of a wood paddleboard with practical reinforcement for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined with a premium EPS core and epoxy construction, the result is a SUP that's lightweight, durable and unmistakably different from a standard fiberglass paddleboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTREAMLINED OUTLINE \u0026amp; PIN TAIL\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe streamlined outline allows the board to move efficiently through the water, while the \u003cstrong\u003epin tail provides additional control\u003c\/strong\u003e from the back of the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis combination makes the STCo. Paulownia SUP equally comfortable on leisurely cruises and exploring waterways while still allowing you to take it into surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTHREE-FIN SETUP\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included \u003cstrong\u003ethree-fin configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e provides stability, tracking and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe center fin helps the board maintain direction while paddling, while the side fins provide additional control when turning or surfing the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBUILT FOR MORE THAN FLAT WATER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis isn't a paddleboard that's limited to cruising around a lake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts combination of stability, streamlined outline, pin tail and three-fin setup makes it capable of transitioning from calm-water paddling to small surf, giving you considerably more versatility from one board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCARGO TIE-DOWN SYSTEM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esix-point cargo tie-down system\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you space to secure gear for longer paddles and shoreline exploration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a dry bag, sandals, water bottle or other essentials without having to carry everything yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEASY-GRAB CARRY HANDLE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn integrated carry handle makes transporting the board between your vehicle and the water easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDespite its substantial size and volume, the Paulownia SUP weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e26–29 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGOPRO MOUNT \u0026amp; FRONT ANCHOR CONNECTION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn integrated \u003cstrong\u003eGoPro mount\u003c\/strong\u003e lets you capture your time on the water, while the front anchor connection adds another useful attachment point for recreational paddling and exploration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eRecommended Rider Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e196L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 195 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e11'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e215L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 240 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e10'0\" — 196L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10'0\" Paulownia SUP\u003c\/strong\u003e is the smaller and more maneuverable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 196 liters, it provides plenty of stability and flotation while being easier to turn and handle than the larger 11'0\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended for riders up to 195 lbs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 10'0\" if you want an all-around recreational paddleboard that prioritizes maneuverability while maintaining plenty of stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e11'0\" — 215L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e11'0\" Paulownia SUP\u003c\/strong\u003e adds length and volume for increased flotation, glide and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts additional waterline makes it particularly well suited to longer recreational paddles and larger riders who want a more stable platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended for riders up to 240 lbs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 11'0\" if you prioritize stability, glide and carrying capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a good paddleboard for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 33-inch width, generous volume and all-around outline provide a stable platform for newer paddlers. More experienced riders can also take advantage of the streamlined shape and three-fin configuration for cruising and small-wave surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size paddleboard should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003e10'0\" \/ 196L\u003c\/strong\u003e if you weigh up to approximately 195 lbs and want the more maneuverable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003e11'0\" \/ 215L\u003c\/strong\u003e if you weigh up to approximately 240 lbs or prioritize additional stability, flotation and glide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a Paulownia paddleboard durable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaulownia is valued for its excellent strength-to-weight characteristics. We combine the wood finish with a premium EPS core and epoxy construction to create a lightweight paddleboard designed to withstand everyday recreational use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you surf the Paulownia STCo. Paddleboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Although primarily designed as an all-around paddleboard, its streamlined outline, pin tail and three-fin setup allow it to be used for recreational SUP surfing in appropriate conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in the ocean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Paulownia STCo. SUP can be used for coastal paddling and appropriate ocean conditions as well as lakes, intracoastal waterways and other flat-water environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the paddleboard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on size, the paddleboard weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e26–29 lbs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the fins included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The board includes a \u003cstrong\u003ethree-fin setup\u003c\/strong\u003e for stability and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the paddle come with the paddleboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. \u003cstrong\u003ePaddles are sold separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable carbon-fiber and aluminum paddles are available separately from Surfboard Trading Co.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I carry gear on the board?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A six-point cargo tie-down system provides space for securing lightweight gear such as a dry bag or other paddling essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a GoPro mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. An integrated GoPro mount is included for attaching a compatible action camera.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"10’0 x 33” x 5” – 196 L (Recommended for riders up to 195 lbs)","offer_id":49997540917490,"sku":"sku-46350676558039","price":1195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11’0 x 33” x 5” – 215 L (Recommended for riders up to 240 lbs)","offer_id":49997540950258,"sku":"sku-46350676590807","price":1295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/IMG_5313-600x600.jpg?v=1788029832"},{"product_id":"summer-wind-surfboard-paulownia-eps","title":"5 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Summer Wind Surfboard – Paulownia EPS","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5’3 x 21 1\/4 x 2.25 - 30.9L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5'5 x 21 3\/4 x 2 1\/2 - 33L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5'7 x 22 1\/8 x 2 5\/8 - 36.2L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5'9 x 22 3\/8 x 2 3\/4 - 39.1L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5'11 x 22 5\/8 x 2 7\/8 - 42.6L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Summer Wind is purpose-built for the playful surf that defines its namesake. Inspired by those classic East Coast summer days, \u003cb\u003eit thrives in small, locally generated waves, making even the mushiest conditions fun and exciting.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with an epoxy construction, this board is lightweight and durable. Its flat rocker ensures speed, while the double concave bottom adds control and flow, making it ideal for those thigh- to chest-high days. The Summer Wind features a flatter, rounder outline that enhances its loose, skatey feel, complemented by a versatile five-fin setup so you can experiment with configurations to match the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for surfers who prefer performance over foam tops or single fins, this board is a perfect all-arounder for summer surf. The larger sizes cater to beginners looking for a forgiving yet responsive board to progress their skills, while seasoned surfers will love its playful nature on small days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re cruising in warm summer waves or honing your skills, the Summer Wind is a must-have addition to your quiver and the perfect companion for all-day sessions at the beach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use a Premium EPS core and Paulownia wood which offers the \u003cb\u003elightest to strongest ratio wood species in the world!  \u003c\/b\u003eEven better it’s the fastest growing species of hardwood trees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe like the Summer Wind with a thruster or quad, depending on conditions. Check some out below!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBuild: \u003c\/b\u003eEPS Paulownia Matte\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"5’3 x 21 1\/4 x 2.25 – 30.9L","offer_id":49997542195442,"sku":"sku-46362321453271","price":949.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5’5 x 21 3\/4 x 2 1\/2 – 33L","offer_id":49997542228210,"sku":"sku-46362321486039","price":949.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5’7 x 22 1\/8 x 2 5\/8 – 36.2L","offer_id":49997542260978,"sku":"sku-46362321518807","price":949.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5’9 x 22 3\/8 x 2 3\/4 – 39.1L","offer_id":49997542293746,"sku":"sku-46362321551575","price":949.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5’11 x 22 5\/8 x 2 7\/8 – 42.6L","offer_id":49997542326514,"sku":"sku-46362324795607","price":949.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/183-DSC00766-scaled_7d86b4b2-1781-4381-a5cf-0d532232099b.jpg?v=1788029841"},{"product_id":"any-day-all-around-mid-length-surfboard-paulownia-eps","title":"6 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | ANY DAY All-Around Mid Length Surfboard – Paulownia EPS","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eANY DAY is an all-around mid length surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for surfers who want one board they can confidently reach for across a wide range of conditions. This Paulownia version combines the ANY DAY's versatile egg-inspired shape with the natural look of Paulownia wood for a distinctive take on our everyday mid length.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts timeless egg-inspired outline provides an ideal balance of paddle power, stability and maneuverability. A flat entry rocker helps the ANY DAY paddle efficiently and enter waves early, while a slight exit rocker adds control and responsiveness through turns. The modern single-to-double concave bottom generates speed and drive, giving the board considerably more performance than its smooth, forgiving outline might suggest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a versatile mid length that feels comfortable cruising through smaller surf but remains responsive when conditions improve. If you're looking for the paddle power and wave-catching advantages of a larger board without giving up the ability to carve, turn and surf progressively, the Paulownia ANY DAY is designed to be the board you can ride \u003cstrong\u003eany day\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intermediate to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWave Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 ft. to Slightly Overhead\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small everyday surf through clean, open-faced waves\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth, fast, versatile and responsive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e All-around surfing, easy paddling, wave catching and one-board versatility\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Egg-Inspired Mid Length\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS \/ Paulownia Wood\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Contour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-to-Double Concave\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat Entry \/ Slight Exit Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFin Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2+1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Center Fin:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\"–8\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matte Wood\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEGG-INSPIRED OUTLINE\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY's egg-inspired outline creates a balanced combination of stability, paddle power and maneuverability. The fuller center provides efficient paddling and smooth glide, while the refined outline keeps the board responsive enough for more performance-oriented surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLAT ENTRY ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flatter entry rocker helps the ANY DAY paddle efficiently and get into waves early. It maintains speed through softer sections and provides the wave-catching ability that makes a mid length so useful in everyday conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSLIGHT EXIT ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA touch of rocker through the tail adds maneuverability and control, helping the ANY DAY fit into the curve of the wave and turn more aggressively than a flatter, more traditional mid length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSINGLE-TO-DOUBLE CONCAVE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bottom transitions from a single into a double concave to generate speed, drive and responsiveness. This gives the ANY DAY a more performance-oriented feel while preserving the smooth, predictable characteristics of its egg-inspired shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePAULOWNIA EPS CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version of the ANY DAY pairs an \u003cstrong\u003eEPS core with Paulownia wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the board a distinctive natural appearance while maintaining the lightweight characteristics of EPS construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eREINFORCED FOR EVERYDAY SURFING\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional glassing is used in high-impact areas including the rails, deck and fin boxes to add reinforcement where the board experiences everyday wear without adding unnecessary weight. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eVERSATILE FIN SETUP\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY's fin setup allows you to tune the board's feel to your surfing style and conditions. We recommend a \u003cstrong\u003e7\"–8\" center fin\u003c\/strong\u003e. A larger center fin provides additional stability and a stiffer ride, while a smaller center fin creates a more responsive feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e21\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e2 3\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e41.1L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6'10\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e21 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e48.7L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e21 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e52.2L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'10\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3 1\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e62.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e*The 6'6 is a thruster and requires three of the same size fins.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size ANY DAY should I ride?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" — 41.1L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smallest and most responsive ANY DAY. Choose the 6'6\" if you want the paddle advantages of a mid length while keeping the board closer to the maneuverability and responsiveness of a shorter surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6'10\" — 48.7L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA versatile option for surfers looking for additional paddle power and wave-catching ability without moving too far away from a performance-oriented feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'4\" — 52.2L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn excellent balance of paddle power, stability and maneuverability. The 7'4\" provides plenty of glide while retaining the responsive characteristics that make the ANY DAY an all-around mid length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'10\" — 62.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe highest-volume ANY DAY. Choose the 7'10\" if you prioritize paddle power, glide and easy wave entry or want substantial flotation without moving to a traditional longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQ's\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eWhat is a Paulownia surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Paulownia surfboard incorporates Paulownia wood into its construction with Vacuum bagging. It is extremely durable, stronger than other Epoxy boards on the market.    On this version of the ANY DAY, Paulownia gives the board its distinctive natural wood appearance while the board maintains the same versatile mid length shape and performance characteristics of the ANY DAY.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the ANY DAY easy to paddle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ANY DAY's generous volume, mid length and flat entry rocker create efficient paddle speed and help the board enter waves earlier than a lower-volume performance shortboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat waves is the ANY DAY best for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY is designed for approximately 2-foot surf through slightly overhead conditions. Its paddle power and speed work well in everyday waves, while its modern rocker and bottom contours provide additional control when conditions become cleaner and more powerful. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the ANY DAY good for intermediate surfers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ANY DAY is particularly well suited to intermediate surfers looking for easier paddling and increased wave-catching ability without giving up responsive surfing. Its forgiving outline provides accessibility while its rocker and concave provide plenty of room for progression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the ANY DAY be my one-board quiver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many intermediate and advanced surfers, yes. The ANY DAY's combination of paddle power, speed, control and maneuverability is designed to cover a broad range of everyday surf conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat fin should I use with the ANY DAY?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend a \u003cstrong\u003e7\"–8\" center fin with two side bites\u003c\/strong\u003e. A larger center fin provides additional stability and hold, while a smaller center fin can create a more responsive feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"The ANYDAY\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WosjE3aSufE\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product__description rte quick-add-hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"6’6 x 21″ x 2 3\/4″ 41.1L","offer_id":49997543244018,"sku":"sku-46362558726359","price":1049.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"6’10 x 21 1\/2” x 3” – 48.7L","offer_id":49997543276786,"sku":"sku-46362538442967","price":1049.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7’4 x 21 1\/2” x 3” – 52.2L","offer_id":49997543309554,"sku":"sku-46362538475735","price":1049.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7’10 x 22 x 3 1\/4” – 62.4L","offer_id":49997543342322,"sku":"sku-46362538508503","price":1049.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/124-DSC00593.jpg?v=1788029847"},{"product_id":"palm-trees-by-ben-hicks-limited-edition-surfboard-art","title":"Palm Trees by Ben Hicks – Limited Edition Surfboard Art","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003ePALM TREES — BEN HICKS × SURFBOARD TRADING CO.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePalm Trees is a limited-edition surfboard art piece created in collaboration with photographer Ben Hicks and Surfboard Trading Co. Designed as both a functional surfboard and collectible statement piece, it brings Ben's coastal photography to the sculptural form of an authentic surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeaturing a striking tropical palm composition, Palm Trees captures the relaxed beauty and visual identity of coastal living. The elongated surfboard format transforms the photograph into a large-scale design object made for \u003cstrong\u003eluxury homes, coastal interiors and design-conscious spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBen's photograph is printed on premium fiberglass cloth, laminated into the surfboard with resin and hand polished to a gloss finish. Display it vertically or horizontally as surfboard wall art—or take it to the water. \u003cstrong\u003eThis is a real, fully functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLIMITED EDITION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLimited to 50 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Palm Trees surfboard includes a \u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtist:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ben Hicks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e Palm Trees\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limited Edition Surfboard Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Photography printed on fiberglass \/ functional surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdition:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 of 50\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5'7\" × 21 1\/4\" × 2 5\/8\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.6L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate of Authenticity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO DISPLAY. BUILT TO SURF.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative surfboard replicas, Palm Trees is built as an authentic, functional surfboard. Its full-size form creates a sculptural focal point for \u003cstrong\u003eluxury residences, coastal homes, offices, hospitality spaces and curated interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e, while retaining the ability to be surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is custom made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs Palm Trees a real surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Palm Trees is an authentic, functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard featuring photography by Ben Hicks. It can be displayed as collectible surfboard art or surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Palm Trees limited edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Palm Trees is limited to \u003cstrong\u003e50 pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e, and each board includes a Certificate of Authenticity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Palm Trees be hung on a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Palm Trees can be displayed vertically or horizontally using an appropriate surfboard wall mount, or leaned within an interior as a freestanding statement piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this surfboard art suitable for interior design projects?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Palm Trees is designed for statement-making residential and commercial interiors including luxury homes, coastal residences, hospitality spaces, offices and retail environments.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997547831538,"sku":"sku-48118911369431","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/BenHicksPalmTree.jpg?v=1788029897"},{"product_id":"slowing-down-by-henry-bliss-limited-edition-surfboard-art","title":"Slowing Down by Henry Bliss – Limited Edition Surfboard Art","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eSLOWING DOWN — HENRY BLISS × SURFBOARD TRADING CO.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlowing Down is a limited-edition surfboard art piece created in collaboration with ocean photographer Henry Bliss and Surfboard Trading Co. Blending Henry's underwater photography with the sculptural form of an authentic surfboard, the piece transforms ocean imagery into functional, collectible art.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreated for spaces where traditional framed artwork isn't enough, Slowing Down brings the movement, color and perspective of the underwater world into a full-size surfboard. Its elongated form creates an architectural statement suited to \u003cstrong\u003eluxury homes, contemporary coastal interiors, hospitality spaces and design-conscious environments.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe artwork is incorporated into an authentic Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard and finished in gloss. Display Slowing Down vertically or horizontally as collectible surfboard wall art—or take it to the water. \u003cstrong\u003eThis is a real, fully functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLIMITED EDITION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLimited to 50 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtist:\u003c\/strong\u003e Henry Bliss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slowing Down\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limited Edition Surfboard Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ocean Photography \/ Functional Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdition:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 of 50\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5'7\" × 21 1\/4\" × 2 5\/8\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.6L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO DISPLAY. BUILT TO SURF.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative surfboard replicas, Slowing Down is built as an authentic, functional surfboard. Its ocean imagery and full-size sculptural form create a statement piece for \u003cstrong\u003eluxury residences, contemporary coastal interiors, offices, hospitality spaces and curated design projects\u003c\/strong\u003e, while retaining an authentic connection to surf culture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is custom made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eWhat is Slowing Down by Henry Bliss?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlowing Down is a limited-edition ocean photography piece by Henry Bliss presented on a functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard. It combines photographic art with the sculptural form of a full-size surfboard to create a collectible piece designed for both display and the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Slowing Down a real surfboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Slowing Down is built as an authentic, functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard featuring photography by Henry Bliss. It can be displayed as collectible surfboard art or surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Slowing Down limited edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Slowing Down is limited to \u003cstrong\u003e50 pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Slowing Down be displayed as wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Slowing Down can be displayed vertically or horizontally as sculptural surfboard wall art, or leaned within an interior as a freestanding statement piece.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997548880114,"sku":"sku-48118930866391","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/SBTCO_board_insta.jpg?v=1788029899"},{"product_id":"the-tangerine-tropics-print-floral-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Tangerine Tropics Print – Floral Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Tangerine Tropics Print brings bold color and playful coastal character to a fully functional surfboard. Featuring an oversized tropical floral pattern in vibrant tangerine, crisp white and green, this 7'6\" designer surfboard is made to become a statement piece in the home—or be taken off the wall and into the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe energetic floral pattern gives this board a distinctly different personality from traditional blue-and-white coastal décor. Bright tangerine creates the backdrop while organic florals and foliage introduce movement, texture and a relaxed tropical feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 7'6\", The Tangerine Tropics Print has the scale to work as \u003cstrong\u003eoversized surfboard wall art\u003c\/strong\u003e in living rooms, entryways, bedrooms, beach houses, vacation homes, hotels and other design-forward spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur boards are made for your walls or the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e This isn't a decorative surfboard replica. The Tangerine Tropics Print is built as a real, fully functional surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCOLORFUL COASTAL DESIGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tangerine Tropics Print is designed for spaces that embrace coastal living without relying on traditional coastal colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts combination of \u003cstrong\u003etangerine orange, white and green\u003c\/strong\u003e works beautifully alongside warm whites, natural wood, rattan, linen and other organic materials. The floral pattern adds enough color to become a focal point while maintaining the relaxed character of coastal design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplay it vertically as a dramatic statement piece or horizontally as oversized coastal wall art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tangerine Tropics Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designer Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tropical \/ Colorful Coastal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floral \/ Botanical\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tangerine \/ White \/ Green\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7'6\" × 22 1\/2\" × 2 13\/16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57.3L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Longboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Art \/ Functional Surfboard \/ Interior Design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs The Tangerine Tropics Print a real surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Tangerine Tropics Print is a fully functional \u003cstrong\u003e7'6\" surfboard with 57.3 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to serve as both surfboard wall art and a board you can actually ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is The Tangerine Tropics Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe board measures \u003cstrong\u003e7'6\" × 22 1\/2\" × 2 13\/16\" with 57.3L of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat style of interior works with this surfboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tangerine Tropics Print works especially well with \u003cstrong\u003ecolorful coastal, tropical, Palm Beach-inspired, resort and eclectic interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it as wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its 7'6\" scale makes it especially effective as \u003cstrong\u003eoversized coastal wall art\u003c\/strong\u003e in living rooms, entryways, bedrooms, offices, beach houses and hospitality spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be displayed vertically or horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be displayed vertically as a tall statement piece or horizontally above a sofa, bed, console or other large wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the decorative surfboard actually surfable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Unlike a decorative surfboard replica, The Tangerine Tropics Print is built as a \u003cstrong\u003ereal, functional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997550747890,"sku":"sku-49606556811479","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/TheTangerineTropicsPrint.png?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"flying-solo-by-henry-bliss-limited-edition-surfboard-art","title":"Flying Solo by Henry Bliss – Limited Edition Surfboard Art","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFLYING SOLO — HENRY BLISS × SURFBOARD TRADING CO.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlying Solo is a limited-edition surfboard art piece created in collaboration with underwater photographer Henry Bliss and Surfboard Trading Co. Featuring a spotted eagle ray gliding through blue ocean water, the piece brings underwater wildlife photography to the sculptural form of an authentic, functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHenry's work is rooted in the ocean and the perspective found beneath its surface. Flying Solo captures the quiet movement and natural beauty of a solitary eagle ray, creating an artwork that feels both dramatic and serene. The elongated surfboard format transforms the underwater photograph into a large-scale statement piece for \u003cstrong\u003eluxury homes, contemporary coastal interiors and design-conscious spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe artwork is incorporated into an authentic Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard and finished in gloss. Display Flying Solo vertically or horizontally as collectible surfboard wall art—or take it to the water. \u003cstrong\u003eThis is a real, fully functional surfboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLIMITED EDITION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLimited to only 50 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtist:\u003c\/strong\u003e Henry Bliss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flying Solo\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limited Edition Surfboard Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSubject:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spotted Eagle Ray \/ Marine Life \/ Ocean\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Underwater Photography \/ Functional Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdition:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 of 50\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5'7\" × 21 1\/4\" × 2 5\/8\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO DISPLAY. BUILT TO SURF.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative surfboard replicas, Flying Solo is built as an authentic, functional surfboard. Its underwater wildlife imagery and sculptural form create a statement piece for \u003cstrong\u003eluxury residences, contemporary coastal interiors, offices, hospitality spaces and curated design projects\u003c\/strong\u003e, while retaining an authentic connection to the ocean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is custom made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eWhat is the artwork on Flying Solo?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlying Solo features underwater photography by Henry Bliss depicting a \u003cstrong\u003espotted eagle ray gliding through blue ocean water\u003c\/strong\u003e. The photograph is incorporated into a functional surfboard to create a limited-edition piece of collectible surfboard art. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Flying Solo a real surfboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Flying Solo is an authentic, functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard featuring underwater photography by Henry Bliss. It can be displayed as collectible wall art or surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Flying Solo limited edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Flying Solo is limited to \u003cstrong\u003e50 pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Flying Solo be displayed as wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Flying Solo can be displayed vertically or horizontally as sculptural surfboard wall art, or leaned within an interior as a freestanding statement piece.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997551468786,"sku":"sku-49536032669911","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/ChatGPT_Image_Aug_4_2026_at_01_01_47_PM.png?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-sea-scallop-print-designer-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Sea Scallop Print – Designer Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHE SEA SCALLOP PRINT\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Sea Scallop Print is a designer surfboard created for interiors that call for a bolder expression of coastal style. Its repeating turquoise scallop pattern draws inspiration from seashells, ocean textures and traditional maritime design, transforming a full-size surfboard into sculptural wall art.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich in pattern and texture, The Sea Scallop Print is designed to become a focal point in \u003cstrong\u003ecoastal homes, beach houses, luxury residences and hospitality spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e. The layered turquoise, cream and dark accents give the piece depth from across the room while revealing more detail up close.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis isn't a decorative surfboard replica. It's a real, fully functional surfboard designed for your walls or the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea Scallop Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Amanda Jo Kennedy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designer Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coastal \/ Maritime\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scallop \/ Shell Inspired\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turquoise \/ Cream \/ Deep Blue\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6'6\" × 22\" × 2.75\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42.5L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Art \/ Functional Surfboard \/ Interior Design\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA BOLDER TAKE ON COASTAL DESIGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe repeating scallop motif gives this piece a stronger visual presence than traditional coastal décor while maintaining a sophisticated palette. Display it vertically as an architectural statement or horizontally as oversized surfboard wall art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is custom made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMADE FOR YOUR WALLS OR THE WATER\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative surfboard replicas, The Sea Scallop Print is built on a real, fully functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard. Display it as a statement piece in your home or take it down and put it in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs The Sea Scallop Print a real surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The Sea Scallop Print is a fully functional 6'6\" surfboard designed to serve as both sculptural wall art and a surfable board. Unlike decorative surfboard replicas, it is built as an actual surfboard and can be taken from the wall to the water.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan The Sea Scallop Print be used as surfboard wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The board's full-size 6'6\" shape and turquoise scallop pattern make it a statement piece for coastal homes, beach houses and other design-focused interiors. It can be displayed vertically or horizontally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is The Sea Scallop Print surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Sea Scallop Print measures \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" × 22\" × 2.75\" with 42.5 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho designed The Sea Scallop Print?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Sea Scallop Print was designed by \u003cstrong\u003eAmanda Jo Kennedy\u003c\/strong\u003e for Surfboard Trading Co. Its repeating scallop motif draws inspiration from seashells, ocean textures and classic maritime design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat interior design styles work with The Sea Scallop Print?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe turquoise, cream and deep blue palette works especially well with \u003cstrong\u003ecoastal, modern coastal, maritime, beach house and relaxed luxury interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you actually surf The Sea Scallop Print?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The Sea Scallop Print isn't simply surfboard-shaped décor. It's a real \u003cstrong\u003e42.5L functional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e that can be displayed as art and surfed in the ocean.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997550846194,"sku":"sku-49605917343959","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/TheSeaScallopPrint.png?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-seagrass-print-organic-modern-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Seagrass Print – Organic Modern Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Seagrass Print is a designer surfboard created for interiors that blend coastal living with organic modern design. Its vibrant yellow-green linear pattern draws inspiration from seagrass and natural coastal textures, bringing an unexpected layer of color and movement to a space.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eorganic modern homes, coastal interiors, beach houses and design-forward spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e, The Seagrass Print pairs beautifully with natural woods, stone, linen, woven materials and warm neutral palettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur boards are made for your walls or the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seagrass Print isn't a decorative surfboard replica—it's a real, fully functional surfboard designed to live as sculptural art in your home and perform in the ocean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eORGANIC COASTAL DESIGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated, irregular lines of the Seagrass pattern create texture and movement while its fresh yellow-green color introduces a natural focal point. Display it vertically as a sculptural statement or horizontally as oversized wall art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seagrass Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designer Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organic Modern \/ Coastal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seagrass-Inspired Linear Pattern\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow-Green \/ White\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6'6\" × 21\" × 2.75\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.1L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Art \/ Functional Surfboard \/ Interior Design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE FOR YOUR WALLS OR THE WATER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Seagrass Print combines \u003cstrong\u003efunctional surfboard design with sculptural coastal wall art\u003c\/strong\u003e. Hang it as a statement piece or take it off the wall when it's time to surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs The Seagrass Print a real surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Seagrass Print is a fully functional \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\", 41.1L surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to double as sculptural wall art. It can be displayed in your home and surfed in the ocean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan The Seagrass Print be used as surfboard wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its full-size surfboard shape and distinctive seagrass-inspired pattern make it a dimensional alternative to traditional framed artwork. It can be displayed vertically or horizontally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is The Seagrass Print surfboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Seagrass Print measures \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" × 21\" × 2.75\" with 41.1 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat inspired The Seagrass Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design takes inspiration from \u003cstrong\u003eseagrass and the linear textures found throughout natural coastal environments\u003c\/strong\u003e, translating those elements into an organic pattern with a fresh yellow-green palette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat interior design styles work with The Seagrass Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe board works especially well with \u003cstrong\u003eorganic modern, coastal, contemporary coastal, beach house and biophilic interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its natural inspiration also pairs well with wood, stone, linen, rattan and other organic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan The Seagrass Print be displayed vertically or horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Display it vertically as a tall sculptural statement or horizontally over a sofa, console, bed or other large wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this decorative surfboard actually surfable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Seagrass Print isn't simply surfboard-shaped décor. It's built as a \u003cstrong\u003ereal, functional 6'6\" surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e that can go from the wall to the water.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997551632626,"sku":"sku-49606337724631","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/TheSeagrassPrint.png?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-chosen-one-performance-noserider-longboard-paulownia-cutlap-white","title":"8-9 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | The Chosen One Performance Noserider Longboard – Paulownia Cutlap White","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eChosen One is a performance noserider longboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for surfers who want extended time on the nose without sacrificing turning ability and responsiveness. Its slender profile, narrow nose and wide-point-back outline allow the board to fit tightly into the pocket, while the deepest concave in our longboard lineup creates an expansive sweet spot for controlled noseriding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike a traditional wide-nose noserider built primarily for trimming and time on the nose, The Chosen One combines noseriding performance with a more responsive outline. The wide point sits farther back, while refined rails through the tail help the board pivot quickly and smoothly, making it easy to cut back, reset and return to the nose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a versatile longboard that can be surfed from nose to tail. It offers the stability and control needed for extended noserides while maintaining enough maneuverability for more performance-oriented longboarding. From knee-high surf through clean head-high waves, The Chosen One is designed for surfers who want \u003cstrong\u003eone longboard that can do a little bit of everything.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eWHY WE CALL IT THE CHOSEN ONE\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe name \u003cstrong\u003eThe Chosen One\u003c\/strong\u003e comes from a simple idea: this board will have you \u003cstrong\u003ewalking on water like Jesus.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to keep you moving from tail to nose, The Chosen One is all about effortless flow, confident cross-stepping and spending more time at the very front of the board. When everything comes together and you're perched on the nose with nothing but water beneath your feet, you'll understand the name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eBEST FOR\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWave Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Knee High to Head High\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean longboard waves and everyday surf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Noseriding \/ Pivot Turns \/ Flowing \/ Performance Longboarding\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Noseriding, turning and all-around longboard versatility\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Performance Noserider Longboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutline:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slender \/ Wide Point Back\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thinned 50\/50 \/ 60\/40 Tail Rails\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Contour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep Nose-to-Midpoint Concave\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paulownia \/ EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Fin:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\"–10\" Longboard Fin\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matte\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eDEEP NOSERIDING CONCAVE\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Chosen One features the \u003cstrong\u003edeepest concave in our longboard lineup\u003c\/strong\u003e, extending from the nose to just beyond the midpoint of the board. This creates a large sweet spot designed to provide control and stability as the surfer moves forward and spends more time on the nose. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSLENDER PERFORMANCE OUTLINE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than using an extremely wide traditional noserider outline, The Chosen One carries a more slender profile designed to fit comfortably into the pocket of the wave. This creates a more responsive feel and allows the board to surf tighter sections while maintaining its noseriding capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNARROW, BLUNT-ENDED NOSE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe narrower nose is designed to fit into tighter pockets without catching while still providing the platform needed for noseriding. Its blunt end gives the surfer usable space at the very front of the board for controlled hang fives and hang tens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWIDE-POINT-BACK DESIGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoving the wide point farther back creates a more responsive turning platform. When the surfer steps back, The Chosen One can pivot and redirect quickly, making it easier to cut back, reposition the board and set up the next noseride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eREFINED 50\/50 \u0026amp; 60\/40 RAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThinned-out 50\/50 rails provide a smooth and stable feel through the majority of the board, while 60\/40 rails through the tail create additional responsiveness and control. This combination helps The Chosen One transition between traditional noseriding and more performance-oriented turns. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBUILT TO SURF NOSE TO TAIL\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe defining characteristic of The Chosen One is versatility. It's designed to let you move forward for extended noserides, then step back, redirect the board and set up the next section. That makes it an excellent choice for surfers who don't want to choose between a dedicated noserider and a more maneuverable performance longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e2 7\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e63.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'2\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e22 5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3 1\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e76.1L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e22 7\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3 1\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e82.5L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'6\" — 63.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shortest and most maneuverable Chosen One. The 8'6\" is especially well suited to lighter surfers or experienced riders who want the board's noseriding characteristics in a more manageable, responsive package. Your existing copy specifically calls the 8'6\" more manageable for lighter surfers. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'2\" — 76.1L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe all-around option in the range. The 9'2\" balances glide and noseriding stability with enough maneuverability to take advantage of The Chosen One's performance-oriented design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'6\" — 82.5L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe largest Chosen One provides the most glide, stability and usable platform for traditional longboarding while maintaining the responsive characteristics of the shape. Choose the 9'6\" if noseriding and glide are priorities but you still want a board that can be redirected from the tail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe recommend pairing The Chosen One with our 9\"–10\" STCo Nose Rider Fin for additional hold and control while nose riding. If you rather stay maneuverable and playful, go for the STCo. Volan Fin. They are both located at the top of the page.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs The Chosen One a noserider or performance longboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's both. The Chosen One combines a deep noseriding concave and stable 50\/50 rails with a slender outline, wide-point-back design and more responsive tail. This allows surfers to spend time on the nose while still being able to step back, turn and redirect the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes The Chosen One good for noseriding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Chosen One features the deepest concave in our longboard lineup, extending from the nose to just beyond the midpoint. Its refined nose and stable rails create a large usable sweet spot designed for controlled, extended noserides. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs The Chosen One good for beginners?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Chosen One is designed for surfers across a wide range of skill levels. Beginners and intermediates can use its stability and noseriding characteristics to progress, while advanced surfers can take advantage of its more responsive outline and ability to transition between the nose and tail. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat waves is The Chosen One best for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Chosen One is designed for approximately knee-high through head-high surf. Its versatility allows it to work in everyday longboard conditions while its slender outline and responsive tail allow it to fit into cleaner, tighter sections. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you hang ten on The Chosen One?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Chosen One is specifically designed for noseriding, including extended hang fives and hang tens. Its deep concave, refined nose and stable rail design create a large sweet spot for surfing from the front of the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"The Chosen One\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/RzGQqz5J1YY\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"8’6” x 22 x 2 7\/8 – 63.4L","offer_id":49997551370482,"sku":"sku-49496574918871","price":1395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"9’6” x 22 7\/8 x 3 1\/4 – 82.5L","offer_id":49997551403250,"sku":"sku-49496574951639","price":1495.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/IMG-6897.jpg?v=1788029952"},{"product_id":"the-swell-print-blue-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Swell Print – Blue Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Swell Print is a designer surfboard created for interiors that call for a deeper, moodier expression of coastal style. Its layered blue-and-white pattern draws inspiration from the movement of ocean swells, creating a bold piece of sculptural surfboard wall art with a natural sense of motion.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003ecoastal homes, beach houses, luxury interiors and design-forward spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e, The Swell Print brings rich ocean blues into a room while remaining grounded in a classic coastal palette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flowing pattern pairs especially well with warm whites, natural woods, woven materials and other organic textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur boards are made for your walls or the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Swell Print isn't a decorative surfboard replica—it's a real, fully functional twin fin fish designed to live as art in your home and perform in the ocean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eINSPIRED BY THE MOVEMENT OF WATER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe irregular blue pattern mimics the movement and changing lines of ocean swells. The result is a piece that feels distinctly coastal without relying on traditional nautical décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplay it vertically as sculptural statement art or horizontally as an oversized focal point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Swell Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designer Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Contemporary Coastal \/ Moody Coastal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ocean Swell \/ Water-Inspired\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ocean Blue \/ Light Blue \/ White\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5'5\" × 21\" × 2 1\/2\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31.3L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Twin Fin Fish\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Art \/ Functional Surfboard \/ Interior Design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE FOR YOUR WALLS OR THE WATER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Print combines \u003cstrong\u003eocean-inspired wall art with a fully functional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. Display it as a sculptural piece in your home or take it down and put it in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs The Swell Print a real surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Swell Print is a fully functional \u003cstrong\u003e5'5\", 31.3L twin fin fish surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to double as surfboard wall art. It can be displayed in your home and surfed in the ocean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is The Swell Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Print measures \u003cstrong\u003e5'5\" × 21\" × 2 1\/2\" with 31.3 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat inspired The Swell Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pattern is inspired by the \u003cstrong\u003emovement, texture and changing lines of ocean swells\u003c\/strong\u003e. Layered shades of blue create an organic sense of movement across the surface of the surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan The Swell Print be used as coastal wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its rich blue-and-white palette and full-size surfboard shape make it particularly suited for \u003cstrong\u003ecoastal homes, beach houses and ocean-inspired interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat interior styles work with The Swell Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Print works especially well with \u003cstrong\u003econtemporary coastal, modern coastal, organic modern, beach house and relaxed luxury interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e. The deeper blues make it a strong option for rooms that need a more dramatic coastal focal point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be displayed vertically or horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Display The Swell Print vertically as tall sculptural wall art or horizontally above a sofa, bed, console or other large space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this decorative surfboard actually surfable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Unlike surfboard-shaped wall decorations, The Swell Print is constructed as an actual \u003cstrong\u003e5'5\" twin fin fish surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's designed to go from the wall to the water.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997551272178,"sku":"sku-49606445564119","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/TheSwellPrint.png?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-ocean-air-print-coastal-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Ocean Air Print – Coastal Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ocean Air Print is a designer surfboard created for relaxed, light-filled coastal interiors. Featuring a soft blue-and-white organic pattern, this piece brings subtle color, texture and a connection to the ocean without overwhelming the room.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003ecoastal homes, beach houses and relaxed luxury interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Ocean Air Print pairs a traditional coastal palette with a clean, contemporary feel. The soft aqua-blue pattern makes it especially suited for neutral interiors, natural woods, woven textures and warm whites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur boards are made for your walls or the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Ocean Air Print isn't a decorative surfboard replica—it's a real, fully functional surfboard designed to live as art in your home and perform in the ocean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSOFT COASTAL DESIGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blue-and-white pattern gives the Ocean Air Print an understated presence that works beautifully in bedrooms, living spaces, entryways and beach homes. Display it vertically as sculptural wall art or horizontally as an architectural statement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Ocean Air Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designer Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coastal \/ Beach House \/ Relaxed Luxury\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organic Coastal Pattern\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aqua Blue \/ White\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5'5\" × 21\" × 2 1\/2\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31.3L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Twin Fin Fish\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Art \/ Functional Surfboard \/ Interior Design\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMADE FOR YOUR WALLS OR THE WATER\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ocean Air Print combines \u003cstrong\u003ecoastal wall art with a fully functional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. Display it as a piece of dimensional art or take it down when the waves are calling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs The Ocean Air Print a real surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The Ocean Air Print is a fully functional \u003cstrong\u003e5'5\" twin fin fish surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to double as coastal wall art. It can be displayed in your home and surfed in the ocean.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is The Ocean Air Print?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe board measures \u003cstrong\u003e5'5\" × 21\" × 2 1\/2\" with 31.3 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a surfboard be used as wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Full-size surfboards can create dimensional, sculptural wall art while bringing an authentic connection to surf culture and the ocean. The Ocean Air Print is specifically designed to function as both surfboard wall decor and a surfable board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat interior design styles work with The Ocean Air Print?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts soft aqua-blue and white palette works particularly well with \u003cstrong\u003ecoastal, beach house, organic modern, relaxed luxury and contemporary coastal interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan The Ocean Air Print be displayed vertically or horizontally?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It can be displayed vertically for a tall sculptural statement or horizontally above a sofa, console, bed or other large architectural space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this decorative surfboard actually surfable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Unlike surfboard-shaped wall decorations, The Ocean Air Print is built as an actual surfboard. It's a \u003cstrong\u003e31.3L twin fin fish\u003c\/strong\u003e that can go from your wall directly to the water.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997551436018,"sku":"sku-49606100746455","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/TheOceanAirPrint.png?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-baby-log-beginner-longboard-surfboard-mint-ships-10-6-26","title":"7-9 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | The Baby Log Beginner Longboard Surfboard – Mint","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBaby Log is a user-friendly beginner longboard surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to make paddling, catching waves and progressing on a hardboard easier. Its generous volume, stable outline, soft rails and gentle rocker provide the forgiveness newer surfers need while maintaining enough responsiveness for experienced surfers looking for an easy, high-wave-count board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as a natural step up from a foa\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003em surfboard, the Baby Log combines the stability and paddle power beginners love with the lighter weight and improved performance of an EPS hardboard. The result is an easy-to-ride longboard that catches waves early, feels stable underfoot and remains responsive as your surfing progresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log is available from \u003cstrong\u003e7'6\" to 9'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing surfers to choose between a shorter, more maneuverable ride and maximum stability, flotation and paddle power. Its versatile design performs from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1-foot surf through slightly overhead conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a dependable year-round option for surfers who prioritize wave count and fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log name comes from two places: the baby loggerhead sea turtles found along Florida beaches and the traditional “logs” that helped define longboard surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWave Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ft. to Slightly Overhead\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small everyday surf through clean, mellow waves\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy, stable, forgiving and fun\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Learning, progression, wave catching and everyday surfing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS \/ Epoxy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft \/ Forgiving\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gentle\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFin Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2+1*\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'6\" Baby Logs use a thruster fin setup rather than 2+1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-VOLUME, STABLE OUTLINE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log carries generous width and volume to create a stable platform with excellent flotation. The additional volume helps surfers paddle efficiently, enter waves earlier and maintain stability when getting to their feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSOFT, FORGIVING RAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSofter rails make the Baby Log more forgiving than a performance-oriented surfboard. They create a predictable feel through the water and help newer surfers develop confidence while still allowing the board to respond as their surfing improves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGENTLE ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log's gentle rocker helps maximize paddle speed and wave-catching ability while providing enough curve to comfortably handle a variety of wave shapes. The result is an efficient board that doesn't require perfect positioning to get into waves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLIGHTWEIGHT EPS CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log uses an EPS core and epoxy construction to provide high flotation without the excessive weight associated with traditional heavy longboards. This makes the board easier to carry, paddle and maneuver while providing the durability needed for regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 17\/20\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57.3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 7\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65.7L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 1\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75.6L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 3\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93.8L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7'6\" — 57.3L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most maneuverable Baby Log. Best for smaller\/lighter surfers, surfers progressing from a foam board, or more experienced riders who want the Baby Log's easy wave-catching characteristics in a shorter package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e8'0\" — 65.7L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA versatile balance of stability, paddle power and maneuverability. A strong option for surfers who want plenty of flotation without moving into a full-size longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e8'6\" — 75.6L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional stability and paddle power make the 8'6\" an excellent choice for newer surfers, larger riders or anyone prioritizing easy wave entry and a high wave count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e9'0\" — 93.8L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum-stability Baby Log. The 9'0\" provides the most flotation, paddle power and wave-catching ability and is ideal for surfers who prioritize stability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Baby Log a good surfboard for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Baby Log was designed specifically to make paddling, wave catching and progression easier. Its high volume, stable outline, soft rails and gentle rocker create a forgiving platform for newer surfers while maintaining the responsiveness of a hard surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Baby Log a good board after learning on a foam surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Baby Log is designed to be a natural transition from a foam board to a hard surfboard. It retains much of the stability, flotation and easy paddling that make foam boards beginner-friendly while providing improved responsiveness and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size Baby Log should I ride?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe right size depends on your weight, experience and priorities. Smaller Baby Logs provide more maneuverability, while larger sizes provide greater stability, flotation and paddle power. Surfers prioritizing easy wave catching should generally choose more volume, while experienced surfers may prefer a smaller size for increased responsiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Baby Log a mid length or a longboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log is offered across sizes that bridge the gap between a mid length and traditional longboard. The shorter versions provide more maneuverability, while the 8'6\" and 9'0\" versions deliver the stability, paddle power and glide associated with longboards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat waves is the Baby Log best for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log excels in small, everyday surf where paddle power and easy wave catching are valuable, but its forgiving shape and rocker allow it to handle clean conditions up to slightly overhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"The Baby Log\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/C8_6XmGMAQg\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEPS\/epoxy construction can work particularly well for beginner-oriented longboards because it provides excellent flotation at a relatively light weight. The Baby Log combines this construction with a stable, high-volume shape specifically designed for easy paddling and progression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"7’6″ x 22 1\/2″ x 2 17\/20″ – 57.3L","offer_id":49997552091378,"sku":"sku-49632023511255","price":660.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8’0″ x 22 7\/8″ x 3″ – 65.7L","offer_id":49997552124146,"sku":"sku-49632023544023","price":695.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8’6″ x 23″ x 3 1\/4″ – 75.6L","offer_id":49997552156914,"sku":"sku-49632023576791","price":725.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9’0″ x 23 1\/2″ x 3 3\/4″ – 93.8L","offer_id":49997552189682,"sku":"sku-49632023609559","price":825.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/8_6_85f43bcd-54a6-4861-a36a-8e22959cd1b3.jpg?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-desert-tide-print-boho-coastal-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Desert Tide Print – Boho Coastal Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Desert Tide Print brings together coastal living and relaxed bohemian design in a fully functional surfboard. Featuring a woven-inspired geometric pattern in muted teal and warm ivory, this 6'0\" designer surfboard adds rich texture and subtle color without overwhelming a space.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by the intersection of \u003cstrong\u003edesert tones, organic textiles and life by the water\u003c\/strong\u003e, the geometric pattern gives The Desert Tide a collected, well-traveled character. The muted palette allows it to work beautifully alongside natural woods, linen, rattan, stone and other organic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 6'0\", its smaller footprint makes The Desert Tide an especially versatile piece of \u003cstrong\u003esurfboard wall art\u003c\/strong\u003e for living rooms, bedrooms, entryways, offices, beach houses and spaces where a larger longboard may be too dominant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur boards are made for your walls or the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Desert Tide isn't a decorative surfboard replica. It's a real, fully functional surfboard designed to live as beautifully in your home as it does by the ocean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBOHO COASTAL DESIGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Desert Tide Print is designed for interiors that sit somewhere between \u003cstrong\u003ecoastal, bohemian and organic modern design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts geometric textile-inspired pattern introduces visual texture while the subdued teal and ivory palette keeps the overall look sophisticated and easy to incorporate into an existing room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplay it vertically as a standalone statement piece or horizontally as an unexpected alternative to traditional oversized wall art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Desert Tide Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designer Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boho Coastal \/ Organic Modern \/ Eclectic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Geometric \/ Textile-Inspired\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Muted Teal \/ Ivory\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6'0\" × 20 1\/2\" × 2 3\/4\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36.6L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shortboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Art \/ Functional Surfboard \/ Interior Design\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs The Desert Tide Print a real surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Desert Tide is a fully functional \u003cstrong\u003e6'0\" surfboard with 36.6 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is designed to function as both surfboard wall art and a board that can actually be surfed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is The Desert Tide Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe board measures \u003cstrong\u003e6'0\" × 20 1\/2\" × 2 3\/4\" with 36.6L of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat interior design styles work with The Desert Tide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Desert Tide works particularly well with \u003cstrong\u003eboho coastal, organic modern, eclectic coastal, California casual and relaxed beach house interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are in The Desert Tide Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pattern combines a \u003cstrong\u003emuted teal with warm ivory\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating a subdued coastal palette that pairs naturally with wood, rattan, linen, stone and neutral furnishings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it as wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The 6'0\" size makes The Desert Tide particularly versatile as \u003cstrong\u003esurfboard wall decor\u003c\/strong\u003e in living rooms, bedrooms, entryways, offices, beach houses and vacation homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be hung vertically or horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Desert Tide can be displayed vertically as a narrow statement piece or horizontally above a sofa, console, bed or other furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this decorative surfboard actually surfable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Desert Tide isn't simply a surfboard-shaped piece of décor. It's constructed as a \u003cstrong\u003ereal, functional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997551862002,"sku":"sku-49606564118743","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/TheDesertTidePrint.png?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-palm-beach-print-palm-tree-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Palm Beach Print – Palm Tree Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Palm Beach Print brings the color, character and unmistakable style of Palm Beach living to a fully functional surfboard. Featuring a bold palm tree pattern against a deep green background, this 7'4\" designer surfboard is made to become a statement piece in the home—or be taken off the wall and into the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by \u003cstrong\u003ePalm Beach's tropical landscape, coastal architecture and colorful approach to design\u003c\/strong\u003e, the print combines rich green with warm coral, orange and ivory tones for a look that feels sophisticated, tropical and distinctly South Florida.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 7'4\", its larger scale gives The Palm Beach Print serious presence as \u003cstrong\u003esurfboard wall art\u003c\/strong\u003e in living rooms, entryways, bedrooms, beach houses, hotels and other design-forward spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur boards are made for your walls or the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e This isn't a decorative surfboard replica. The Palm Beach Print is built as a real, fully functional mid-length surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePALM BEACH STYLE, ON A SURFBOARD\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Palm Beach Print takes one of coastal design's most recognizable elements—the palm tree—and gives it a richer, more elevated treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe deep green background creates contrast against the warm palms while allowing the board to work beautifully alongside \u003cstrong\u003enatural woods, rattan, stone, linen, warm whites and other organic materials\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eDisplay it vertically for a dramatic architectural statement or horizontally as oversized coastal wall art.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Palm Beach Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designer Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Palm Beach \/ Tropical Coastal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Palm Trees\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep Green \/ Coral \/ Orange \/ Ivory\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7'4\" × 21 1\/2\" × 3\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 52.2L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid-Length Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Art \/ Functional Surfboard \/ Interior Design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE FOR YOUR WALLS OR THE WATER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Palm Beach Print blurs the line between \u003cstrong\u003efunctional surfboard and coastal artwork\u003c\/strong\u003e. Hang it as a statement piece in your home, or take it down when the waves are calling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs The Palm Beach Print a real surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Palm Beach Print is a fully functional \u003cstrong\u003e7'4\" mid-length surfboard with 52.2 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is designed to be displayed as surfboard wall art while remaining completely surfable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is The Palm Beach Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe board measures \u003cstrong\u003e7'4\" × 21 1\/2\" × 3\" with 52.2L of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat inspired The Palm Beach Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design is inspired by the \u003cstrong\u003ePalm Beach lifestyle and South Florida's tropical landscape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Palm trees, deep greens and warm tropical colors give the board a distinctive Palm Beach character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this as surfboard wall art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. At 7'4\", The Palm Beach Print has enough scale to function as a substantial piece of \u003cstrong\u003esurfboard wall art\u003c\/strong\u003e in a living room, entryway, bedroom, office or hospitality space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat interior styles work with The Palm Beach Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works particularly well with \u003cstrong\u003ePalm Beach style, tropical coastal, modern coastal, resort-inspired and eclectic interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e. It pairs especially well with rattan, natural wood, linen, stone and warm neutral finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be displayed vertically or horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Display it vertically for a tall architectural statement or horizontally above a sofa, bed, console or other large wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this decorative surfboard actually surfable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Palm Beach Print isn't simply shaped like a surfboard—it \u003cstrong\u003eis a real surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. The 7'4\" mid-length shape gives you a functional board that can transition from home décor to the ocean.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997552353522,"sku":"sku-49606538395863","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/ThePalmBeachPrint.png?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-charlie-pig-inspired-longboard-surfboard-swirl-ships-10-6-26","title":"9 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | The Charlie Pig-Inspired Longboard Surfboard – Swirl","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCharlie is our most playful longboard yet\u003c\/strong\u003e—a modern take on the classic pig, designed to blend the style and glide of traditional longboarding with the maneuverability and control needed for everyday surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt around a carefully balanced, pig-inspired outline, the Charlie carries width through the tail for speed, control and smooth turning while keeping the nose narrower than a traditional noserider. The result is a longboard that feels surprisingly responsive underfoot without giving up the ability to walk forward and spend time on the nose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003econcave under the nose\u003c\/strong\u003e creates lift and stability for noseriding, while the refined nose helps the Charlie fit more comfortably into tighter pockets and react quickly when conditions aren't perfect. This makes it equally at home cruising a mellow beach break, navigating less-than-perfect East Coast surf or drawing clean lines when a better swell arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rocker, foil and rails were designed around that same balance. A \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous rocker with a subtle lift through the nose\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the Charlie handle steeper, dumpier beach breaks while retaining enough glide for small, soft days. A foiled-out profile and refined egg rails give the board a sleek, responsive feel, with enough fullness in the rail to remain smooth and forgiving rather than overly sensitive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd because the Charlie is meant to be fun, we gave it a look to match. Each board features a \u003cstrong\u003ethree-color swirl\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the Charlie a playful visual identity to complement the way it surfs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a little bit old school, a little bit modern, and built to make longboarding fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intermediate to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Noseriding, trimming, turning and playful longboarding\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mellow beach breaks, small surf and clean open-faced waves\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Playful, smooth, responsive and traditional-inspired\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern Pig-Inspired Longboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 74.6L–78.3L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foiled Egg Rails\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNose:\u003c\/strong\u003e Refined Pig-Inspired Nose\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Contour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nose Concave\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuous Rocker \/ Slight Nose Lift\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-Color Swirl\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy the Charlie Works\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMODERN PIG-INSPIRED OUTLINE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Charlie takes inspiration from traditional pig longboards but adds modern refinements to make it more versatile in everyday surf. Its proportional nose and tail create a balanced outline that's visually classic while remaining highly functional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWidth through the tail provides speed and control through turns, while the narrower nose keeps the board maneuverable and allows it to fit more comfortably into the pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNOSE CONCAVE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcave underneath the nose helps generate lift when you walk forward, giving the Charlie the ability to noseride despite its more refined nose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than building the entire board around maximum nose width, the Charlie balances \u003cstrong\u003enoseriding ability with maneuverability\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you more freedom to move around the board and surf it from both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eREFINED NOSE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Charlie's narrower nose is one of the characteristics that separates it from a dedicated noserider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt reduces unnecessary swing weight and gives the board a more responsive feel, particularly in cleaner waves and tighter sections. It also helps the Charlie remain manageable in the less-than-perfect, sometimes dumpy beach-break conditions common along the East Coast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWIDE, CONTROLLED TAIL\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Charlie carries enough width through the tail to maintain speed and provide a stable platform through turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat width gives the surfer leverage and control from the back of the board without making the Charlie feel sluggish. Step back and turn it; move forward and let it run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCONTINUOUS ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA smooth, continuous rocker runs through the Charlie with a subtle lift through the nose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe additional curve helps the board fit into steeper waves and makes late or faster takeoffs more manageable, while retaining enough glide to keep the board fun when the waves become small and soft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFOILED EGG RAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Charlie is deliberately foiled to create a sleek, responsive feel. Its refined egg rails are thinner than those of a chunky traditional longboard but retain enough fullness to remain smooth and predictable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis helps the board transition from rail to rail and respond quickly to the surfer without becoming overly sensitive or catchy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTHREE-COLOR SWIRL\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Charlie isn't supposed to look serious.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board features a playful \u003cstrong\u003ethree-color swirl\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the model a personality all its own. The color treatment complements what the Charlie is designed to be: a longboard that's as fun to look at as it is to surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCharlie Sizes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e74.6L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e78.3L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e9'4\" — 74.6L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e9'4\" Charlie\u003c\/strong\u003e is the more maneuverable option. It retains the glide and presence of a full-size longboard while feeling quicker through turns and easier to redirect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 9'4\" if you want to emphasize the Charlie's playful, responsive side while still having plenty of board for trimming and noseriding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e9'6\" — 78.3L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e9'6\" Charlie\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a little more length, volume and glide. The additional size provides greater paddle power and stability while maintaining the responsive characteristics of the Charlie's pig-inspired outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 9'6\" if you want to emphasize glide, wave catching and time spent forward while still having considerably more maneuverability than a dedicated traditional noserider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBUILT FOR PLAYFUL LONGBOARDING\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Charlie wasn't designed to do just one thing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has enough nose concave to walk forward, enough tail to turn from the back, enough rocker to handle imperfect beach breaks and enough glide to make tiny days worthwhile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's our interpretation of what a modern pig should be: \u003cstrong\u003ethe best characteristics of the past, refined for the waves we actually surf today.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCharlie Longboard FAQ\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a pig longboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pig is a traditional longboard design characterized by carrying more of its width and area toward the back half of the board. The Charlie takes inspiration from that concept but incorporates modern rocker, foil, rails and nose design to create a more versatile everyday longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Charlie a traditional pig?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot exactly. The Charlie is \u003cstrong\u003epig-inspired rather than a strict reproduction of a vintage pig\u003c\/strong\u003e. We wanted to preserve the smooth lines, tail control and distinctive feel associated with classic pigs while adding modern elements that make the board more responsive and versatile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you noseride the Charlie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Charlie features \u003cstrong\u003econcave underneath the nose\u003c\/strong\u003e to create lift and stability when surfing from the front of the board. Its nose is intentionally more refined than that of a dedicated noserider, allowing the board to balance nose time with maneuverability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the Charlie have a narrower nose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe narrower nose makes the Charlie easier to maneuver, reduces swing weight and helps the board fit more naturally into tighter sections of the wave. It's a major part of what gives the Charlie its playful character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Charlie good for small waves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its longboard length, generous width and volume provide plenty of paddle power and glide for small, softer surf. The continuous rocker and refined outline also allow it to remain responsive when those waves become steeper or less predictable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Charlie good for East Coast surf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's one of the environments it was specifically designed around. The Charlie has enough glide for small, mushy days while its rocker, refined nose and responsive rails help it handle faster, dumpier beach-break conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 9'4\" and 9'6\" Charlie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e9'4\" emphasizes maneuverability and responsiveness\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the \u003cstrong\u003e9'6\" emphasizes glide, stability and paddle power\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both share the same overall design philosophy and pig-inspired characteristics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho should ride the Charlie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Charlie is best suited to surfers who already have some experience and want a longboard that can be actively surfed rather than simply cruised. It's particularly appealing to surfers who enjoy trimming and noseriding but also want to step back, turn hard and use the entire board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Charlie a dedicated noserider?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo—and that's intentional. A dedicated noserider generally prioritizes maximum stability and time on the nose. The Charlie is designed to be \u003cstrong\u003emore versatile and maneuverable\u003c\/strong\u003e, while still providing legitimate noseriding capability through its nose concave and balanced outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the Charlie different from the PRIMO?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePRIMO is the dependable all-around workhorse\u003c\/strong\u003e of the longboard lineup, designed around versatility, smooth surfing and predictable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCharlie is the more playful, pig-inspired option\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a refined nose, wider tail, foiled rails and a design intended to encourage movement around the board. Choose the PRIMO for traditional all-around versatility; choose the Charlie if you want something with more personality and a more playful approach to longboarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"9'4\" x 23 1\/2\" x 2 15\/16\" - 74.6L","offer_id":49997552582898,"sku":"sku-49632188891351","price":949.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9'6\" x 23 1\/2\" x 3\" - 78.3L","offer_id":49997552615666,"sku":"sku-49632188924119","price":979.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/TheCharlieSwirl.jpg?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"dumplin-mid-length-surfboard-paulownia-ships-10-6-26","title":"6-7 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Dumplin Mid Length Surfboard – Paulownia","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDumplin is a high-volume mid length surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to help you paddle easier, catch waves earlier, and increase your wave count \u003cstrong\u003ewithout giving up responsive surfing\u003c\/strong\u003e. Available from \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" to 7'6\" and 42.5L to 59L\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Dumplin gives surfers the ability to choose between a shorter, more responsive mid length and a larger, higher-volume board built around maximum paddle power and glide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenerous foam under the chest and a forward wide point create excellent paddle power and stability, while the pulled-in pin tail keeps the board controlled and maneuverable once you're on your feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to bridge the gap between a longboard and a performance mid length, the Dumplin provides the glide and forgiveness of a larger board in a shorter, more responsive package. Its progressive rocker, 60\/40 rails, and vee-to-double concave bottom allow the board to transition smoothly from easy trimming and cruising into more committed turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dumplin sits between the \u003cstrong\u003eBaby Log and ANY DAY\u003c\/strong\u003e in the Surfboard Trading Co. lineup. It's more buoyant and forgiving than the ANY DAY while offering more maneuverability than the Baby Log, making it an excellent choice for surfers who prioritize wave count, stability, and easy paddling without wanting to ride a full-size longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy paddling, stability, and maximizing wave count\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small summer surf through everyday conditions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth, flowing, forgiving, and responsive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42.5L–59L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60\/40\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pin Tail\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Contour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vee-to-Double Concave\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFin Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thruster (6'6\") \/ 2+1 (7'0\" \u0026amp; 7'6\")\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paulownia EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matte\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-VOLUME, FORWARD-WIDE-POINT OUTLINE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenerous volume under the chest and a forward wide point give the Dumplin excellent paddle power and stability. The additional foam helps the board glide efficiently, enter waves earlier, and provide a stable platform underfoot without requiring the length of a traditional longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcross the three-size range, surfers can choose how much flotation and glide they want—from the more responsive \u003cstrong\u003e42.5L 6'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e to the exceptionally forgiving \u003cstrong\u003e59L 7'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePAULOWNIA EPS CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version of the Dumplin pairs an \u003cstrong\u003eEPS core with Paulownia wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the board a distinctive natural appearance while maintaining a lightweight and super durable build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePULLED-IN PIN TAIL\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dumplin's pulled-in pin tail provides control and hold as the wave becomes steeper. While the fuller forward section creates paddle power and stability, the narrower tail allows the board to respond through turns and keeps the added volume from making the board feel cumbersome.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePROGRESSIVE ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA progressive rocker gives the Dumplin more maneuverability than a traditional flat, high-volume board. It helps the board fit into the curve of the wave and transition smoothly through turns while maintaining the paddle efficiency that makes the Dumplin so easy to surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e60\/40 RAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dumplin's 60\/40 rails balance forgiveness with control. They provide a smooth, predictable feel for cruising and trimming while allowing the board to engage the rail when the surfer wants to turn more aggressively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVEE-TO-DOUBLE CONCAVE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe vee-to-double concave bottom helps the Dumplin transition smoothly from rail to rail while maintaining speed and control. This bottom contour complements the board's high-volume outline by making it easier to redirect despite the additional flotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVERSATILE FIN SETUPS\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dumplin's fin configuration changes with size to complement how each version of the board is intended to surf. The \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" features a thruster setup\u003c\/strong\u003e for a more responsive and controlled feel through turns, while the \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\" and 7'6\" feature a versatile 2+1 setup\u003c\/strong\u003e that complements their additional volume, glide, and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eFin Setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e42.5L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThruster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e51L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2+1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e59L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2+1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6'6\" — 42.5L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6'6\" is the most maneuverable Dumplin in the lineup. At 42.5L, it still provides plenty of paddle power and stability, while the thruster setup gives it a more responsive feel through turns. Choose the 6'6\" if you want the wave-catching benefits of a fuller mid length without giving up the control and maneuverability of a shorter board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7'0\" — 51L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7'0\" strikes the balance between maneuverability, glide, and easy wave catching. Its 51 liters of volume provide plenty of paddle power and stability, while the 2+1 setup gives it a smooth, versatile feel. It's a great all-around choice for surfers who want a forgiving mid length that can handle a wide range of everyday conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7'6\" — 59L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7'6\" delivers the most glide, paddle power, and stability in the Dumplin lineup. At 59L, it's an excellent choice for larger surfers, surfers transitioning down from a longboard, or anyone who simply wants to catch more waves. The 2+1 setup keeps the board stable and controlled while still offering considerably more maneuverability than a traditional longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBUILT FOR EVERYDAY SURFING\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dumplin uses lightweight EPS construction with additional reinforcement in high-impact areas including the rails, deck, and fin boxes. The goal is increased durability in the areas that experience the most everyday wear without adding unnecessary weight or compromising the board's responsive feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDUMPLIN FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Dumplin a good mid length for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Dumplin's high volume, forward wide point, and generous foam under the chest provide excellent stability and paddle power, making it a forgiving option for newer surfers. \u003cstrong\u003eBeginners prioritizing maximum stability and easier paddling may prefer the larger 7'0\" or 7'6\" sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the 6'6\" offers a more maneuverable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Dumplin good for bigger surfers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With sizes ranging from \u003cstrong\u003e42.5L to 59L\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Dumplin provides substantially more flotation than many performance-oriented mid lengths. The \u003cstrong\u003e51L 7'0\" and 59L 7'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e are particularly useful for larger surfers who want paddle power and stability without moving to a full-size longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Dumplin good for older surfers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dumplin can be an excellent option for surfers who want to reduce the amount of effort required to paddle and catch waves. Its generous volume and forward wide point provide additional paddle power, while its mid-length outline remains more maneuverable than a traditional longboard. Surfers looking for the most paddle assistance and stability should consider the \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\" or 7'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Dumplin good for small waves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Easy paddling, high volume, and efficient glide make the Dumplin particularly useful in smaller everyday surf where generating speed and getting into waves early are important. The larger sizes provide even more paddle power and glide when the waves lack push.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 6'6\", 7'0\", and 7'6\" Dumplin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" (42.5L)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the shortest and most responsive option and uses a thruster setup for greater control and maneuverability. The \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\" (51L)\u003c\/strong\u003e adds noticeable paddle power, stability, and glide while moving to a 2+1 fin configuration. The \u003cstrong\u003e7'6\" (59L)\u003c\/strong\u003e provides the most flotation, stability, and wave-catching ability of the three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Dumplin and ANY DAY?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dumplin prioritizes \u003cstrong\u003evolume, stability, and easy wave catching\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the ANY DAY offers a more all-around mid length experience. Choose the Dumplin if paddle power and wave count are your priorities; choose the ANY DAY if you want a more balanced combination of paddling and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Dumplin and Baby Log?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log provides more of the stability and glide associated with a longboard, while the Dumplin puts similar easy-riding characteristics into a shorter, more maneuverable package. The Dumplin is the better choice for surfers who want additional volume without moving into a larger longboard-style board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Dumplin be ridden as a single fin?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe 7'0\" and 7'6\" Dumplin can be ridden as a single fin because of their 2+1 fin configuration. The 6'6\" cannot—it uses a dedicated thruster setup.\u003c\/strong\u003e Riding the larger Dumplins as a 2+1 provides additional stability and control, while running them as a single fin creates a smoother, more traditional feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"The Dumplin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ylaYH0TPcHQ\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"6'6x 22\" x 2 3\/4\" - 42.5L","offer_id":49997552386290,"sku":"sku-49631989170391","price":949.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7'0 x22 1\/4 x 3\" - 51L","offer_id":49997552419058,"sku":"sku-49631989203159","price":975.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7'6 x 22 1\/2\" x 3 1\/4\" - 59L","offer_id":49997552451826,"sku":"sku-49631989235927","price":995.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/7_0_0be03202-f414-4271-9092-91d4027672fd.jpg?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"just-the-tip-noserider-longboard-surfboard-cutlap-sage-eps","title":"9-10 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Just The Tip Noserider Longboard Surfboard – Cutlap Sage EPS","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eJust The Tip is a user-friendly noserider longboard surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for surfers who want to spend more time on the front half of their board. Its wide nose, subtle nose spoon, forgiving 50\/50 rails and stable rolled bottom work together to make cross-stepping and noseriding more approachable while maintaining the smooth, flowing feel of traditional longboarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA wide nose creates a stable platform when moving forward and provides the surface area needed for confident noseriding. The subtle spoon through the nose adds control when you're on the front of the board, while the rolled bottom and 50\/50 rails create smooth rail-to-rail transitions and a predictable feel underfoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a forgiving noserider that performs in both softer everyday surf and clean longboard waves. Whether you're learning to cross-step, working toward longer noserides or simply looking for a stable, versatile longboard, Just The Tip is designed to make traditional longboard surfing easier and more fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Intermediate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWave Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small surf through clean everyday longboard waves\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mushy waves through clean, lined-up surf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Noseriding \/ Cross-Stepping \/ Traditional Longboarding\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Learning and progressing your noseriding\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Noserider Longboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50\/50\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNose:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide Nose \/ Subtle Spoon\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Contour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolled Bottom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Fin:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\"–10\" Longboard Fin\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWIDE NOSERIDER OUTLINE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wide nose creates a stable platform for walking forward and spending more time on the front of the board. The added surface area provides stability underfoot when cross-stepping and helps make noseriding more approachable for surfers developing their traditional longboard skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSUBTLE NOSE SPOON\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA subtle spoon through the nose is designed to improve control when the surfer moves forward. It complements the wide nose and helps the board feel stable during cheater fives, hang fives, hang tens and other noseriding variations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFORGIVING 50\/50 RAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional 50\/50 rails create smooth, predictable transitions through turns and while cross-stepping. Their rounded profile gives Just The Tip a forgiving feel and helps maintain the smooth flow associated with traditional longboard surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eROLLED BOTTOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rolled bottom through the center of the board creates a stable, smooth feel underfoot and helps the board transition naturally from rail to rail. This predictable platform makes it easier to move around the board and work your way toward the nose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBUILT FOR NOSERIDING PROGRESSION\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust The Tip isn't designed only for surfers who can already hang ten. Its forgiving outline and stable platform make it particularly useful for surfers learning to cross-step, improving their positioning and working toward longer, more controlled nose rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e22 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e65.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'2\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e23\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3 1\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e78.3L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e23 1\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3 7\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e87.7L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWHAT SIZE JUST THE TIP SHOULD I RIDE?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e8'6\" — 65.4L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shortest and most manageable Just The Tip. The 8'6\" maintains the stability and noseriding characteristics of the shape in a more maneuverable package, making it especially useful for lighter surfers or riders who don't want the size of a traditional 9'+ longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e9'2\" — 78.3L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe all-around choice in the Just The Tip range. The 9'2\" provides substantial stability, glide and nose area for traditional longboarding while remaining manageable enough for everyday surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e9'6\" — 87.7L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe largest Just The Tip provides maximum glide, stability and platform for traditional longboarding and noseriding. Choose the 9'6\" if your priority is spending more time on the nose and maximizing the classic longboard feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRECOMMENDED FIN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust The Tip is designed to pair with a \u003cstrong\u003e9\"–10\" longboard fin\u003c\/strong\u003e. Fin size and template can be adjusted depending on rider size and whether you prioritize maneuverability or additional hold while nose riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Just The Tip a good longboard for learning to noseride?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Just The Tip was designed to make noseriding more approachable. Its wide nose creates a stable platform when stepping forward, while the 50\/50 rails and rolled bottom provide a smooth, predictable feel as you move around the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes a good noserider longboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA good noserider typically combines a stable nose platform with design characteristics that provide control and stability when the surfer moves forward. Just The Tip uses a wide nose, subtle nose spoon, 50\/50 rails and rolled bottom to create a forgiving platform specifically suited to traditional longboarding and noseriding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Just The Tip good for beginner longboarders?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Just The Tip is particularly well suited to beginner and intermediate longboarders who want to develop traditional longboarding skills. Its stable, forgiving design helps make cross-stepping and moving around the board more approachable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you hang ten on Just The Tip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Just The Tip was specifically designed for noseriding, including hang fives and hang tens. Its wide nose and subtle nose spoon provide a stable platform for surfers progressing toward longer and more controlled noserides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat waves is Just The Tip best for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust The Tip performs well in softer, mushier surf as well as clean longboard waves. Its stability and wave-catching ability make it a versatile everyday longboard rather than a board reserved only for perfect noseriding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size Just The Tip should I ride?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 8'6\" if you want the most manageable and maneuverable version, the 9'2\" for an all-around balance of glide and control, and the 9'6\" if maximum glide, stability and traditional longboard feel are your priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"Just The Tip\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gqot5V6JzOM\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend pairing Just The Tip with a \u003cstrong\u003e9\"–10\" longboard fin\u003c\/strong\u003e. A larger or more hold-oriented fin can provide additional stability for noseriding, while a more maneuverable template can create a looser feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"8’6 x 22 1\/2 x 3” – 65.4 L","offer_id":49997552648434,"sku":"sku-48605545988311","price":849.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9’2” x 23″ x 3 1\/4” – 78.3 L","offer_id":49997552681202,"sku":"sku-48605546021079","price":885.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9’6″ x 23 1\/8″ x 3 7\/16” – 87.7 L","offer_id":49997552713970,"sku":"sku-48605546053847","price":925.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/IMG_5333.jpg?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-coastline-print-designer-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Coastline Print – Designer Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHE COASTLINE PRINT\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Coastline Print is a designer surfboard created for the modern coastal home. Designed by Amanda Jo Kennedy, its deep coastal blue and organic white linear pattern creates a subtle, textured statement inspired by the movement and rhythm of the shoreline.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to live as comfortably in an interior as it does in the water, The Coastline Print transforms a full-size functional surfboard into \u003cstrong\u003esculptural wall art for modern coastal interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e. Display it vertically or horizontally as a statement piece, or take it off the wall and surf it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis isn't a decorative surfboard replica. It's a real, fully functional surfboard designed for your walls or the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eDESIGNED FOR THE MODERN COASTAL HOME\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rich blue-and-white palette brings color and texture into a space without overwhelming it. The understated pattern works especially well in \u003cstrong\u003emodern coastal, organic modern, contemporary and beach house interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating an architectural focal point while maintaining a relaxed connection to the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Coastline Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Amanda Jo Kennedy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArt Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designer Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern Coastal \/ Organic Modern\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep Blue \/ White\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or Horizontal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6'6\" × 21\" × 2.75\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.1L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Art \/ Functional Surfboard \/ Interior Design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMADE TO ORDER\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board is custom made to order. Please allow \u003cstrong\u003e12–16 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e for completion. Expedited 6-week builds are available. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMADE FOR YOUR WALLS OR THE WATER\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative wooden or acrylic surfboard wall art, The Coastline Print is built as a \u003cstrong\u003ereal, functional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. Display it as sculptural art in your home, office or hospitality space—or take it down when the waves are good.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIs The Coastline Print a real surfboard?\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Coastline Print is a fully functional Surfboard Trading Co. surfboard designed to work as both sculptural wall art and a surfable board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho designed The Coastline Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Coastline Print was designed by \u003cstrong\u003eAmanda Jo Kennedy\u003c\/strong\u003e for Surfboard Trading Co., combining a modern coastal palette with an organic linear pattern inspired by the shoreline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan The Coastline Print be hung on a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Coastline Print can be displayed vertically or horizontally using an appropriate surfboard wall mount, or leaned within an interior as a freestanding statement piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat interior styles work with The Coastline Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts deep blue, white and organic linear pattern works especially well with \u003cstrong\u003emodern coastal, organic modern, contemporary, beach house and relaxed luxury interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997552877810,"sku":"sku-49605803802839","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/TheCoastlinePrint.png?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"the-baby-log-beginner-longboard-surfboard-coastal-blue-cutlap","title":"7-9 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | The Baby Log Beginner Longboard Surfboard – Coastal Blue Cutlap","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBaby Log is a user-friendly beginner longboard surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to make paddling, catching waves and progressing on a hardboard easier. Its generous volume, stable outline, soft rails and gentle rocker provide the forgiveness newer surfers need while maintaining enough responsiveness for experienced surfers looking for an easy, high-wave-count board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as a natural step up from a foam surfboard, the Baby Log combines the stability and paddle power beginners love with the lighter weight and improved performance of an EPS hardboard. The result is an easy-to-ride longboard that catches waves early, feels stable underfoot and remains responsive as your surfing progresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log is available from \u003cstrong\u003e7'6\" to 9'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing surfers to choose between a shorter, more maneuverable ride and maximum stability, flotation and paddle power. Its versatile design performs from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1-foot surf through slightly overhead conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a dependable year-round option for surfers who prioritize wave count and fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log name comes from two places: the baby loggerhead sea turtles found along Florida beaches and the traditional “logs” that helped define longboard surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWave Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ft. to Slightly Overhead\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small everyday surf through clean, mellow waves\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy, stable, forgiving and fun\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Learning, progression, wave catching and everyday surfing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS \/ Epoxy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft \/ Forgiving\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gentle\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFin Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2+1*\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'6\" Baby Logs use a thruster fin setup rather than 2+1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-VOLUME, STABLE OUTLINE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log carries generous width and volume to create a stable platform with excellent flotation. The additional volume helps surfers paddle efficiently, enter waves earlier and maintain stability when getting to their feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSOFT, FORGIVING RAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSofter rails make the Baby Log more forgiving than a performance-oriented surfboard. They create a predictable feel through the water and help newer surfers develop confidence while still allowing the board to respond as their surfing improves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGENTLE ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log's gentle rocker helps maximize paddle speed and wave-catching ability while providing enough curve to comfortably handle a variety of wave shapes. The result is an efficient board that doesn't require perfect positioning to get into waves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLIGHTWEIGHT EPS CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log uses an EPS core and epoxy construction to provide high flotation without the excessive weight associated with traditional heavy longboards. This makes the board easier to carry, paddle and maneuver while providing the durability needed for regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 17\/20\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57.3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 7\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65.7L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 1\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75.6L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 3\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93.8L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7'6\" — 57.3L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most maneuverable Baby Log. Best for smaller\/lighter surfers, surfers progressing from a foam board, or more experienced riders who want the Baby Log's easy wave-catching characteristics in a shorter package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e8'0\" — 65.7L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA versatile balance of stability, paddle power and maneuverability. A strong option for surfers who want plenty of flotation without moving into a full-size longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e8'6\" — 75.6L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional stability and paddle power make the 8'6\" an excellent choice for newer surfers, larger riders or anyone prioritizing easy wave entry and a high wave count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e9'0\" — 93.8L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum-stability Baby Log. The 9'0\" provides the most flotation, paddle power and wave-catching ability and is ideal for surfers who prioritize stability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Baby Log a good surfboard for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Baby Log was designed specifically to make paddling, wave catching and progression easier. Its high volume, stable outline, soft rails and gentle rocker create a forgiving platform for newer surfers while maintaining the responsiveness of a hard surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Baby Log a good board after learning on a foam surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Baby Log is designed to be a natural transition from a foam board to a hard surfboard. It retains much of the stability, flotation and easy paddling that make foam boards beginner-friendly while providing improved responsiveness and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size Baby Log should I ride?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe right size depends on your weight, experience and priorities. Smaller Baby Logs provide more maneuverability, while larger sizes provide greater stability, flotation and paddle power. Surfers prioritizing easy wave catching should generally choose more volume, while experienced surfers may prefer a smaller size for increased responsiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Baby Log a mid length or a longboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log is offered across sizes that bridge the gap between a mid length and traditional longboard. The shorter versions provide more maneuverability, while the 8'6\" and 9'0\" versions deliver the stability, paddle power and glide associated with longboards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat waves is the Baby Log best for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log excels in small, everyday surf where paddle power and easy wave catching are valuable, but its forgiving shape and rocker allow it to handle clean conditions up to slightly overhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs an epoxy longboard good for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEPS\/epoxy construction can work particularly well for beginner-oriented longboards because it provides excellent flotation at a relatively light weight. The Baby Log combines this construction with a stable, high-volume shape specifically designed for easy paddling and progression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"The Baby Log\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/C8_6XmGMAQg\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"7’6″ x 22 1\/2″ x 2 17\/20″ – 57.3L","offer_id":49997552746738,"sku":"sku-48605631578327","price":660.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8’0″ x 22 7\/8″ x 3″ – 65.7L","offer_id":49997552779506,"sku":"sku-48605631611095","price":695.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8’6″ x 23″ x 3 1\/4″ – 75.6L","offer_id":49997552812274,"sku":"sku-48605631643863","price":725.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9’0″ x 23 1\/2″ x 3 3\/4″ – 93.8L","offer_id":49997552845042,"sku":"sku-48605631676631","price":825.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/The_Baby_Log_-_Coastal_Blue_Cutalp.jpg?v=1788029951"},{"product_id":"any-day-all-around-mid-length-surfboard-rose-ships-10-6-26","title":"6-7 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | ANY DAY All-Around Mid Length Surfboard – Rose","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eANY DAY is an all-around mid length surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for surfers who want one board they can confidently reach for in a wide range of conditions. Available from \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" to 7'4\" and 41.1L to 52.2L\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Rose ANY DAY lets surfers choose between a shorter, more performance-oriented mid length and larger options with additional paddle power, stability, and glide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts timeless egg-inspired outline combines easy paddling and early wave entry with enough speed, control, and responsiveness to surf more aggressively when the waves turn on. \u003cstrong\u003eDesigned with one thing in mind: ride-ability.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flat entry rocker helps the ANY DAY paddle efficiently and get into waves early, while a slight exit rocker adds control and maneuverability through turns. The modern single-to-double concave bottom generates speed and drive, giving the board considerably more performance than its smooth, forgiving outline might suggest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe result is a versatile mid length that feels comfortable cruising through smaller surf but remains responsive when conditions improve.\u003c\/strong\u003e If you want the paddle power and wave-catching advantages of a larger board without giving up the ability to carve, turn, and surf progressively, the ANY DAY is designed to be the board you can ride \u003cstrong\u003eany day\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intermediate to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWave Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 ft. to Slightly Overhead\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small everyday surf through clean, open-faced waves\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth, fast, versatile, and responsive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e All-around surfing, wave catching, and one-board versatility\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Egg-Inspired Mid Length\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.1L–52.2L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS \/ Reinforced Fiberglass\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Contour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-to-Double Concave\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat Entry \/ Slight Exit Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFin Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thruster (6'6\") \/ 2+1 (6'10\" \u0026amp; 7'4\")\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Center Fin:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\"–8\" for 2+1 sizes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWHY THE ANY DAY WORKS\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEGG-INSPIRED OUTLINE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY's egg-inspired outline provides a balanced combination of stability, paddle power, and maneuverability. The fuller center creates an efficient paddling platform and smooth glide, while the refined outline keeps the board responsive enough for more performance-oriented surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcross the three-size Rose range, surfers can choose how much responsiveness, paddle power, and flotation they want—from the more maneuverable \u003cstrong\u003e41.1L 6'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e to the higher-volume \u003cstrong\u003e52.2L 7'4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLAT ENTRY ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flatter entry rocker helps the ANY DAY paddle efficiently and enter waves early. It maintains speed through softer sections and gives the board the wave-catching ability that makes a mid length so useful in everyday conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSLIGHT EXIT ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA touch of rocker through the tail adds maneuverability and control. This helps the ANY DAY fit into the curve of the wave and allows the surfer to turn more aggressively than they could on a flatter, more traditional mid length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSINGLE-TO-DOUBLE CONCAVE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bottom transitions from a single into a double concave to generate speed, drive, and responsiveness. This gives the ANY DAY a more performance-oriented feel while maintaining the smooth, predictable characteristics of its egg-inspired shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eREINFORCED EPS CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY uses lightweight EPS construction with additional glassing in high-impact areas including the rails, deck, and fin boxes. This adds reinforcement where the board experiences everyday wear without adding unnecessary weight or compromising the board's responsive feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSIZE-SPECIFIC FIN SETUPS\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY's fin configuration changes with size to complement how each version of the board is intended to surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" features a dedicated three-fin thruster setup\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the shortest Rose ANY DAY a more responsive and performance-oriented feel with increased control through turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'10\" and 7'4\" feature a versatile 2+1 setup\u003c\/strong\u003e, complementing their additional length, volume, paddle power, and glide. We recommend a \u003cstrong\u003e7\"–8\" center fin\u003c\/strong\u003e as a starting point for the 2+1 sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eFin Setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e41.1L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThruster\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6'10\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e48.7L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2+1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e52.2L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2+1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6'6\" — 41.1L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6'6\" is the shortest and most performance-oriented Rose ANY DAY. At 41.1L, it maintains the paddle power and wave-catching advantages of a mid length while putting them into a more compact, maneuverable package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003ethree-fin thruster setup provides greater control and responsiveness through turns\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the 6'6\" the size to choose if you prioritize performance while still wanting the added flotation and easier paddling of a mid length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6'10\" — 48.7L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6'10\" adds noticeable paddle power and stability while remaining highly maneuverable. At 48.7L, it provides a strong balance between performance and forgiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003e2+1 fin setup\u003c\/strong\u003e complements the additional length and glide, making it a great choice for surfers who want easier wave entry and a smooth, versatile feel without moving into the largest size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7'4\" — 52.2L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7'4\" provides the most paddle power, glide, stability, and flotation in the Rose ANY DAY range. At 52.2L, it's a strong choice for surfers who prioritize easier paddling and wave catching while still wanting the responsive characteristics of the ANY DAY shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003e2+1 setup\u003c\/strong\u003e complements the additional size with a smooth, controlled feel, making the 7'4\" the best Rose ANY DAY for surfers who want maximum glide and flotation from this three-size lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an all-around mid length surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn all-around mid length is designed to balance paddle power, wave-catching ability, and maneuverability across a broad range of conditions. The ANY DAY combines an egg-inspired outline with modern rocker and bottom contours to provide the glide of a larger board with more responsive performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ANY DAY easy to paddle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ANY DAY's mid length, generous volume, and flat entry rocker create efficient paddle speed and help the board enter waves earlier than a lower-volume performance shortboard. The Rose lineup ranges from \u003cstrong\u003e41.1L to 52.2L\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing surfers to choose how much paddle power and flotation they want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size Rose ANY DAY should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" (41.1L)\u003c\/strong\u003e if maneuverability, responsiveness, and a more performance-oriented thruster setup are your priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003e6'10\" (48.7L)\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want a strong balance of paddle power, stability, and maneuverability with the smoother feel of a 2+1 setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003e7'4\" (52.2L)\u003c\/strong\u003e if you prioritize maximum paddle power, glide, stability, and wave-catching ability within the Rose lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat waves is the ANY DAY best for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY performs best in approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2-foot surf through slightly overhead conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its paddle power and speed work well in everyday waves, while the modern rocker and bottom contours provide additional control when conditions become cleaner and more powerful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ANY DAY good for intermediate surfers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ANY DAY is particularly well suited to intermediate surfers looking for easier paddling and more wave-catching ability without giving up responsive surfing. Its volume and forgiving outline make it more accessible than many performance-oriented boards, while its rocker and concave provide room for progression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fin setup does the Rose ANY DAY use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fin setup depends on size. The \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" uses a dedicated three-fin thruster setup\u003c\/strong\u003e for a more responsive, performance-oriented feel with greater control through turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'10\" and 7'4\" use a versatile 2+1 fin setup\u003c\/strong\u003e, which complements their additional volume and glide. We recommend a \u003cstrong\u003e7\"–8\" center fin\u003c\/strong\u003e as a starting point for these sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the ANY DAY be ridden as a single fin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'10\" and 7'4\" can be configured around their center fin box\u003c\/strong\u003e for surfers who want to experiment with a smoother, more traditional single-fin feel. The \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" is different—it uses a dedicated three-fin thruster setup and is not designed as a single-fin board.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the ANY DAY and Dumplin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eANY DAY prioritizes all-around versatility and performance\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the Dumplin prioritizes \u003cstrong\u003eadditional volume, stability, and easy wave catching\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the ANY DAY if you want a balanced mid length that can handle a broad range of conditions. Choose the Dumplin if maximum paddle power, forgiveness, and flotation are higher priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the ANY DAY and Baby Log?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log emphasizes stability, flotation, and beginner-friendly wave catching. The ANY DAY is a more performance-oriented mid length designed for surfers who want easier paddling than a shortboard while maintaining greater maneuverability and responsiveness than a longboard-style board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the ANY DAY be my one-board quiver?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many surfers, yes. Its combination of paddle power, speed, control, and maneuverability is specifically designed to cover a broad range of everyday conditions. That's the primary reason we position it as Surfboard Trading Co.'s \u003cstrong\u003eall-around mid length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"The ANYDAY\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WosjE3aSufE\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"6'6 x 21\" x 2 3\/4\"  41.1L","offer_id":49997553697010,"sku":"sku-49631613616343","price":625.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6’10 x 21 1\/2” x 3” – 48.7L","offer_id":49997553729778,"sku":"sku-49631613649111","price":649.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"7’4 x 21 1\/2” x 3” – 52.2L","offer_id":49997553762546,"sku":"sku-49631613681879","price":675.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/7_0.jpg?v=1788029959"},{"product_id":"7-swell-operator-soft-top-surfboard-coral-pink-ships-10-6-26","title":"7 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Swell Operator Soft Top Surfboard - Coral Pink","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMore waves. Easier paddling. More fun.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e7' Swell Operator Soft Top Surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e is our most popular and versatile foam surfboard, designed to make catching waves easier while still giving progressing and experienced surfers a board they can have fun on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\" x 22\" x 2 13\/16\" with 53 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Swell Operator provides the flotation and stability newer surfers need without feeling oversized or cumbersome.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003elow rocker and substantial volume\u003c\/strong\u003e help the board paddle efficiently and enter waves earlier, giving you more opportunities to catch waves, stand up, and progress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut the Swell Operator is not just a beginner board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts 7-foot outline keeps it manageable and playful enough for progressing and experienced surfers who want an easy-paddling board for small surf, mellow beach breaks, and laid-back sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeginner-friendly. Progression-ready. Fun for everyone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Learning to surf, progression, small-wave surfing, and everyday fun\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Rider Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50–200 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top \/ Foam Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7'0\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 13\/16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCore:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-Density Foam Core\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStringers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Durable, Flexible Bamboo Stringers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeck:\u003c\/strong\u003e IXPE Soft Deck\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable HDPE Slick Bottom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeash:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold Separately\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy the Swell Operator Works\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e53L OF WAVE-CATCHING VOLUME\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you're learning to surf, catching more waves means more opportunities to improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator carries \u003cstrong\u003e53 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating the flotation needed for easier paddling, earlier wave entry, and a more stable platform underfoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat extra volume helps newer surfers spend less time struggling to catch waves and more time actually surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor experienced surfers, the same volume makes the Swell Operator an easy choice for small, soft, or less-than-perfect days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLOW ROCKER FOR EASY PADDLING\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator's \u003cstrong\u003elow-rocker profile\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the board glide efficiently through the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flatter rocker creates less resistance while paddling, helping the board generate speed and get into waves earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the Swell Operator particularly effective in smaller or softer surf where extra paddle power and glide can make the difference between missing a wave and catching it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTABLE 22\" WIDTH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e22 inches wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Swell Operator gives surfers a stable platform for paddling, popping up, and finding their balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat width helps newer surfers feel more confident while the 7-foot length keeps the board maneuverable enough to continue progressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to give you stability without making the board feel excessively large.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTrue Soft Top Construction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-DENSITY FOAM CORE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator is built around a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-density foam core\u003c\/strong\u003e that provides the flotation and forgiving feel associated with a true soft top surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe foam construction helps create a board that is buoyant, approachable, and comfortable for surfers learning the fundamentals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDUAL BAMBOO STRINGERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003edurable and flexible bamboo stringers\u003c\/strong\u003e run through the board to provide added structure and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stringers help the Swell Operator maintain its shape while allowing the board to retain the forgiving flex that makes soft top surfboards so enjoyable to ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIXPE SOFT DECK\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator features an \u003cstrong\u003eIXPE soft deck\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to feel comfortable against your skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat matters when you're learning because newer surfers spend more time paddling, climbing onto the board, and coming into contact with the deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe softer surface makes the board more comfortable for long sessions and repeated practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend \u003cstrong\u003ewaxing the Swell Operator like a traditional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDURABLE HDPE SLICK BOTTOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003edurable HDPE slick bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the Swell Operator move efficiently across the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slick bottom complements the board's low rocker and high-volume shape by helping reduce drag and maintain speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTogether, these features make the board easier to paddle and more capable of carrying speed through softer sections of a wave.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOne Board for All Ages \u0026amp; Stages\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBEGINNER SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator's high volume, stable width, low rocker, and forgiving soft construction make it an excellent board for learning the fundamentals of surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to help newer surfers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaddle more efficiently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatch waves earlier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImprove balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractice their pop-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild confidence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgress toward trimming and turning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePROGRESSING SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce you're consistently catching waves and standing up, the 7-foot outline gives you room to keep improving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator can help you learn to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAngle your takeoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrim down the line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerate speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition yourself more effectively on the wave\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat means you don't necessarily need to replace it the moment you progress beyond the beginner stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEXPERIENCED SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft tops aren't only for beginners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced surfers can use the Swell Operator as a fun, high-volume option for small waves, mellow beach breaks, or days when wave count matters more than high-performance surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSometimes the best board is simply the one that catches the most waves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSwell Operator Dimensions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e22\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e53L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Rider Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50–200 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRider weight is only one factor when choosing a surfboard. Experience, fitness, and wave conditions also matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor surfers near the upper end of the recommended range who are completely new to surfing, a larger and higher-volume board may make the learning process easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7' vs. 8' Swell Operator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7' Swell Operator\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8' Swell Operator\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaddle Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManeuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller\/lighter beginners, progression \u0026amp; maneuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum stability, adult beginners \u0026amp; easy wave catching\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the 7' Swell Operator if:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou want a smaller, more maneuverable soft top while still getting plenty of stability and wave-catching ability. \u003cstrong\u003eGenerally suggested for a child or smaller adult.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the 8' Swell Operator if:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou prioritize \u003cstrong\u003estability, flotation, paddle power, and making surfing as easy as possible\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor a first-time adult surfer who's deciding between the two and doesn't have a specific reason to go smaller, we would suggest the 8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSoft Top Surfboard\u003cbr\u003eFins\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold Separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurfboard Leash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend using a properly sized leash whenever conditions and local rules make leash use appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Swell Operator a good surfboard for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Swell Operator was designed with the stability, flotation, and paddle efficiency that help newer surfers catch more waves and build confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts 53L volume, 22-inch width, low rocker, and soft construction make it forgiving and approachable for learning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Swell Operator a true soft top surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Swell Operator is a \u003cstrong\u003etrue soft top surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e, built with a high-density foam core, IXPE soft deck, dual bamboo stringers, and HDPE slick bottom. It is not a hard fiberglass or epoxy surfboard with a soft covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a soft top surfboard and a foam surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe terms \u003cstrong\u003esoft top surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003efoam surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003efoamie\u003c\/strong\u003e are commonly used to describe surfboards built with a foam-based, soft construction. The Swell Operator uses a high-density foam core, soft IXPE deck, bamboo stringers, and slick HDPE bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a soft top surfboard easier to ride?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many beginners, yes. A properly sized soft top provides additional flotation, stability, and forgiveness compared with many smaller performance surfboards. Those characteristics can make paddling, catching waves, popping up, and maintaining balance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre soft top surfboards safer for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft top surfboards have a softer exterior than traditional hard surfboards, which can make accidental contact with the board less harsh. Surfers should still use normal surf safety practices and maintain appropriate distance from other people in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan adults learn to surf on the Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Swell Operator is designed for both younger and adult surfers within its recommended rider range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e50–200 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e. A heavier first-time surfer may benefit from a larger board with additional volume, depending on experience and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre soft top surfboards only for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Swell Operator is beginner-friendly, but progressing and experienced surfers can also enjoy it. Its 53L of volume makes it particularly fun when waves are small or soft and the priority is catching more waves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I outgrow the Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. As your skills improve, you may eventually add a lower-volume board to your quiver, but the Swell Operator can remain useful as a small-wave board, relaxed-session board, or board for friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you turn the Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Although designed around stability and wave-catching ability, the Swell Operator's 7-foot length keeps it manageable enough for progressing surfers to learn trimming and turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat waves are best for the Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator works across a broad range of everyday conditions but is particularly well suited to \u003cstrong\u003esmall and moderate surf, mellow beach breaks, and softer waves\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its low rocker and substantial volume help generate paddle speed and enter weaker waves earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to wax the Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We recommend \u003cstrong\u003ewaxing the Swell Operator like any other surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e to improve grip while paddling, standing, and surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre fins included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eFins are included with the Swell Operator.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"SwellOpFinal\" src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/video\/1038371864?badge=0\u0026amp;autopause=0\u0026amp;player_id=0\u0026amp;app_id=58479\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. \u003cstrong\u003eLeashes are sold separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997554155762,"sku":"sku-49652737278167","price":349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/Swell_operator_soft_top_surfboard.jpg?v=1788029963"},{"product_id":"any-day-all-around-mid-length-surfboard-swirl-ships-10-6-26","title":"6-7 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | ANY DAY All-Around Mid Length Surfboard – Swirl","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eANY DAY is an all-around mid length surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for surfers who want one board they can confidently reach for in a wide range of conditions. Available from \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" to 7'10\" and 41.1L to 62.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e, the ANY DAY lets surfers choose between a shorter, more performance-oriented mid length and larger, higher-volume options with substantially more paddle power and glide.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts timeless egg-inspired outline combines easy paddling and early wave entry with enough speed, control, and responsiveness to surf more aggressively when the waves turn on. \u003cstrong\u003eDesigned with one thing in mind: ride-ability.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flat entry rocker helps the ANY DAY paddle efficiently and get into waves early, while a slight exit rocker adds control and maneuverability through turns. The modern single-to-double concave bottom generates speed and drive, giving the board considerably more performance than its smooth, forgiving outline might suggest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a versatile mid length that feels comfortable cruising through smaller surf but remains responsive when conditions improve. If you want the paddle power and wave-catching advantages of a larger board without giving up the ability to carve, turn, and surf progressively, the ANY DAY is designed to be the board you can ride \u003cstrong\u003eAny Day.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intermediate to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWave Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 ft. to Slightly Overhead\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small everyday surf through clean, open-faced waves\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurfing Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth, fast, versatile, and responsive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e All-around surfing, wave catching, and one-board versatility\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Egg-Inspired Mid Length\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.1L–62.4L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e EPS \/ Reinforced Fiberglass\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Contour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-to-Double Concave\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat Entry \/ Slight Exit Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFin Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thruster (6'6\") \/ 2+1 (6'10\", 7'4\" \u0026amp; 7'10\")\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Center Fin:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\"–8\" for 2+1 sizes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWHY THE ANY DAY WORKS\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEGG-INSPIRED OUTLINE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY's egg-inspired outline provides a balanced combination of stability, paddle power, and maneuverability. The fuller center creates an efficient paddling platform and smooth glide, while the refined outline keeps the board responsive enough for more performance-oriented surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcross the four-size range, surfers can choose how much responsiveness, paddle power, and flotation they want—from the more maneuverable \u003cstrong\u003e41.1L 6'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e to the high-volume \u003cstrong\u003e62.4L 7'10\"\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLAT ENTRY ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flatter entry rocker helps the ANY DAY paddle efficiently and enter waves early. It maintains speed through softer sections and gives the board the wave-catching ability that makes a mid length so useful in everyday conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSLIGHT EXIT ROCKER\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA touch of rocker through the tail adds maneuverability and control. This helps the ANY DAY fit into the curve of the wave and allows the surfer to turn more aggressively than they could on a flatter, more traditional mid length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSINGLE-TO-DOUBLE CONCAVE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bottom transitions from a single into a double concave to generate speed, drive, and responsiveness. This gives the ANY DAY a more performance-oriented feel while maintaining the smooth, predictable characteristics of its egg-inspired shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eREINFORCED EPS CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY uses lightweight EPS construction with additional glassing in high-impact areas including the rails, deck, and fin boxes. This adds reinforcement where the board experiences everyday wear without adding unnecessary weight or compromising the board's responsive feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSIZE-SPECIFIC FIN SETUPS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY's fin configuration changes with size to complement how each version of the board is intended to surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" features a dedicated three-fin thruster setup\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the shortest ANY DAY a more responsive and performance-oriented feel with increased control through turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'10\", 7'4\", and 7'10\" feature a versatile 2+1 setup\u003c\/strong\u003e, complementing their additional length, volume, paddle power, and glide. We recommend a \u003cstrong\u003e7\"–8\" center fin\u003c\/strong\u003e as a starting point for the 2+1 sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eFin Setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6'6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e41.1L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThruster\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6'10\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e48.7L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2+1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e52.2L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2+1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'10\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e62.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2+1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6'6\" — 41.1L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6'6\" is the shortest and most performance-oriented ANY DAY in the lineup. At 41.1L, it maintains the paddle power and wave-catching advantages of a mid length while putting them into a more compact, maneuverable package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003ethree-fin thruster setup provides greater control and responsiveness through turns\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the 6'6\" the ANY DAY to choose if you prioritize performance while still wanting the added flotation and easier paddling of a mid length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6'10\" — 48.7L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6'10\" adds noticeable paddle power and stability while remaining highly maneuverable. At 48.7L, it provides a strong balance between performance and forgiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003e2+1 fin setup\u003c\/strong\u003e complements the additional length and glide, making it a great choice for surfers who want easier wave entry without moving into one of the larger sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7'4\" — 52.2L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7'4\" sits in the sweet spot between the shorter and larger ANY DAYs. Its 52.2 liters provide excellent paddle power, glide, and stability while maintaining the responsive characteristics that define the shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e2+1 setup\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a smooth, controlled feel and makes this our \u003cstrong\u003eall-around option\u003c\/strong\u003e for surfers looking for the broadest combination of easy wave entry and responsive surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7'10\" — 62.4L\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7'10\" provides the most paddle power, glide, stability, and flotation in the ANY DAY lineup. At 62.4L, it's a strong choice for larger surfers, surfers looking to maximize wave count, or anyone who wants substantially more flotation without moving to a traditional longboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003e2+1 configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e complements the board's additional size with a stable, smooth, and controlled feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an all-around mid length surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn all-around mid length is designed to balance paddle power, wave-catching ability, and maneuverability across a broad range of conditions. The ANY DAY combines an egg-inspired outline with modern rocker and bottom contours to provide the glide of a larger board with more responsive performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ANY DAY easy to paddle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ANY DAY's mid length, generous volume, and flat entry rocker create efficient paddle speed and help the board enter waves earlier than a lower-volume performance shortboard. With sizes ranging from \u003cstrong\u003e41.1L to 62.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e, surfers can choose how much paddle assistance and flotation they want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size ANY DAY should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" (41.1L)\u003c\/strong\u003e if maneuverability, responsiveness, and a more performance-oriented thruster setup are your priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'10\" (48.7L)\u003c\/strong\u003e adds paddle power and forgiveness while transitioning to the smoother feel of a 2+1 setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e7'4\" (52.2L)\u003c\/strong\u003e provides the strongest all-around balance of glide, stability, paddle power, and maneuverability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003e7'10\" (62.4L)\u003c\/strong\u003e if maximum paddle power, flotation, glide, and wave-catching ability are your priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat waves is the ANY DAY best for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ANY DAY performs best in approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2-foot surf through slightly overhead conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its paddle power and speed work well in everyday waves, while the modern rocker and bottom contours provide additional control when conditions become cleaner and more powerful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ANY DAY good for intermediate surfers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ANY DAY is particularly well suited to intermediate surfers looking for easier paddling and more wave-catching ability without giving up responsive surfing. Its volume and forgiving outline make it more accessible than many performance-oriented boards, while its rocker and concave provide room for progression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ANY DAY good for bigger surfers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The expanded size range makes the ANY DAY particularly versatile for larger surfers. The \u003cstrong\u003e7'4\" offers 52.2L\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the \u003cstrong\u003e7'10\" provides 62.4L\u003c\/strong\u003e for surfers who need additional flotation, paddle power, and stability while still wanting a responsive mid length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fin setup does the ANY DAY use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fin setup depends on the size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" ANY DAY uses a dedicated three-fin thruster setup\u003c\/strong\u003e for a more responsive, performance-oriented feel with greater control through turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'10\", 7'4\", and 7'10\" use a versatile 2+1 fin setup\u003c\/strong\u003e that complements their additional glide and volume. We recommend a \u003cstrong\u003e7\"–8\" center fin\u003c\/strong\u003e as a starting point for these sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the ANY DAY be ridden as a single fin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6'10\", 7'4\", and 7'10\" ANY DAY can be configured around their center fin box\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing surfers to experiment with a more traditional single-fin feel. The \u003cstrong\u003e6'6\" is different—it uses a dedicated thruster setup and is not designed as a single-fin board.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the ANY DAY and Dumplin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eANY DAY prioritizes all-around versatility and performance\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the Dumplin prioritizes \u003cstrong\u003eadditional volume, stability, and easy wave catching\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the ANY DAY if you want a balanced mid length that can handle a broad range of conditions. Choose the Dumplin if maximum paddle power, forgiveness, and flotation are higher priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the ANY DAY and Baby Log?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Baby Log emphasizes stability, flotation, and beginner-friendly wave catching. The ANY DAY is a more performance-oriented mid length designed for surfers who want easier paddling than a shortboard while maintaining greater maneuverability and responsiveness than a longboard-style board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; padding-top: 56.25%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"The ANYDAY\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WosjE3aSufE\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many surfers, yes. Its combination of paddle power, speed, control, and maneuverability is specifically designed to cover a broad range of everyday conditions. That's the primary reason we position it as Surfboard Trading Co.'s \u003cstrong\u003eall-around mid length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"6’10 x 21 1\/2” x 3” – 48.7L","offer_id":49997554286834,"sku":"sku-49632285720791","price":695.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7’4 x 21 1\/2” x 3” – 52.2L","offer_id":49997554319602,"sku":"sku-49632285753559","price":749.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7’10 x 22\" x 3 1\/4” – 62.4L","offer_id":49997554352370,"sku":"sku-49632285786327","price":795.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/C70E30DF-0FBA-418C-A37B-BF186AF6BF3F.jpg?v=1788029968"},{"product_id":"7-party-wave-soft-top-surfboard-rose-ships-10-6-26","title":"7 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Party Wave Soft Top Surfboard - Rose","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEasy to ride. Easy to share. Built for more waves.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e7' Party Wave Soft Top Surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile foam surfboard designed to make surfing easier and more fun for just about everyone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\" x 22\" x 2 13\/16\" with 53 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Party Wave combines generous flotation and stability with a manageable 7-foot outline. Beginners get the paddle power and forgiveness they need to learn, while progressing and experienced surfers get a playful soft top that's easy to paddle and fun when the waves are small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003elow rocker and substantial volume\u003c\/strong\u003e help the Party Wave generate paddle speed and enter waves early. That means less time fighting to catch waves and more time actually surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd that's exactly where the name comes from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave is the kind of surfboard everyone wants to grab. Learn on it. Progress on it. Let your friends ride it. Throw it in the car for a small-wave session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore waves. More surfers. More fun. Welcome to the Party Wave.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Learning, progression, families, small waves \u0026amp; everyday fun\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top \/ Foam Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7'0\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 13\/16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCore:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-Density Foam Core\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStringers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Durable, Flexible Bamboo Stringers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeck:\u003c\/strong\u003e IXPE Soft Deck\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable HDPE Slick Bottom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeash:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold Separately\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy the 7' Party Wave Works\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e53L OF WAVE-CATCHING VOLUME\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCatching waves is the fastest way to make surfing more fun—and the fastest way to improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7' Party Wave packs \u003cstrong\u003e53 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e into a manageable 7-foot outline, providing plenty of flotation without making the board unnecessarily large.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor beginners, that means easier paddling, earlier wave entry, and more opportunities to practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor experienced surfers, it means a high-wave-count soft top that's perfect when the surf is small, soft, or simply calling for something fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLOW ROCKER FOR EASY PADDLING\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave's \u003cstrong\u003elow rocker\u003c\/strong\u003e helps it glide efficiently through the water and generate paddle speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat efficiency makes catching smaller and softer waves easier and helps newer surfers enter waves earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTABLE 22\" WIDTH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e22 inches wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 7' Party Wave provides a stable platform for paddling, popping up, and finding your balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7-foot length keeps the board manageable and maneuverable, making this the more responsive Party Wave option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTrue Soft Top Construction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-DENSITY FOAM CORE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave is a \u003cstrong\u003etrue soft top surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e built around a high-density foam core for flotation and a forgiving feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a hard fiberglass or epoxy surfboard covered with a soft outer layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDUAL BAMBOO STRINGERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003edurable and flexible bamboo stringers\u003c\/strong\u003e provide internal support while preserving the forgiving characteristics that make a soft top so enjoyable to surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIXPE SOFT DECK\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eIXPE soft deck\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a comfortable surface against your body while paddling and learning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend \u003cstrong\u003ewaxing the Party Wave like a traditional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHDPE SLICK BOTTOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA durable \u003cstrong\u003eHDPE slick bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the Party Wave glide efficiently across the water and maintain speed through softer sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined with the low rocker and generous volume, it helps create the board's easy wave-catching personality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWho Should Ride the 7' Party Wave?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBEGINNERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combination of 53L of volume, 22-inch width, low rocker, and soft construction gives newer surfers a forgiving platform for learning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePROGRESSING SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your surfing improves, the manageable 7-foot outline gives you room to work on angled takeoffs, trimming, positioning, and turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEXPERIENCED SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave isn't something you necessarily outgrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced surfers can use it as an easy-paddling, high-volume option for small-wave sessions when maximizing wave count is the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFRIENDS \u0026amp; FAMILY\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis might be the Party Wave's secret weapon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the kind of board you'll want to keep around even after progressing to other surfboards because it's easy to share with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e7' Party Wave Dimensions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e22\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e53L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuggested Rider Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50–200 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperience, fitness, and wave conditions also affect appropriate surfboard sizing. Larger first-time surfers may benefit from the additional volume and stability of the \u003cstrong\u003e8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Party Wave Should I Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaddle Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManeuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter beginners, progression \u0026amp; maneuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdult beginners, stability \u0026amp; maximum wave count\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the 7' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want a more maneuverable soft top while retaining plenty of flotation and stability. \u003cstrong\u003eGenerally suggested for a child or smaller adult.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the 8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e if your priority is maximum stability, easier paddling, and catching as many waves as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many first-time adult surfers deciding between the two, \u003cstrong\u003ethe 8'0\" will generally be the easier board to learn on.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top Surfboard + Fins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold Separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surfboard Leash\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e7' Party Wave FAQ\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 7' Party Wave a good beginner surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 7' Party Wave combines 53L of volume, a stable 22-inch width, low rocker, and forgiving soft construction to make paddling, wave catching, and learning easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Party Wave a true soft top surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Party Wave uses a high-density foam core, IXPE soft deck, dual bamboo stringers, and HDPE slick bottom. It is a true foam surfboard rather than a hard surfboard with a soft covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a 7-foot soft top good for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 7-foot soft top can be an excellent beginner board when appropriately sized for the surfer. The 7' Party Wave is particularly useful for lighter beginners and surfers who want a balance between stability and maneuverability. Larger first-time surfers may find the 8' Party Wave easier to learn on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre soft top surfboards only for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Experienced surfers often enjoy higher-volume soft tops in smaller or softer waves because they're easy to paddle and catch waves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I outgrow the Party Wave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. You may eventually add a smaller or more performance-oriented surfboard, but the Party Wave can remain a fun small-wave board or a board to share with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to wax the Party Wave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We recommend waxing the Party Wave like a traditional surfboard for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre fins included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eFins are included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"SwellOpFinal\" src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/video\/1038371864?badge=0\u0026amp;autopause=0\u0026amp;player_id=0\u0026amp;app_id=58479\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. \u003cstrong\u003eLeashes are sold separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997554909426,"sku":"sku-49653207269591","price":349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/7_0Rose.jpg?v=1788030011"},{"product_id":"8-swell-operator-soft-top-surfboard-aqua-ships-10-6-26","title":"8 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Swell Operator Soft Top Surfboard - Aqua","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMore stability. More paddle power. More waves.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e8' Swell Operator Soft Top Surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to make surfing easier from the very first paddle. With generous volume, a stable outline, low rocker, and forgiving soft-top construction, it's an ideal choice for beginners, larger surfers, families, and anyone who wants to maximize their wave count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e8'0\" x 23\" x 2 15\/16\" with 66 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 8' Swell Operator provides substantially more flotation and stability than the 7'0\", making paddling, catching waves, and getting to your feet easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe low rocker helps the board glide efficiently and enter waves early, while the 23-inch width creates a stable platform for learning and progressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut beginner-friendly doesn't mean beginner-only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced surfers can take advantage of the Swell Operator's easy paddling and 66L of volume when the waves are small, soft, or simply calling for a relaxed session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to paddle. Stable underfoot. Built to catch more waves.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Learning to surf, larger beginners, families, progression, and maximizing wave count\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small to Moderate Surf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top \/ Foam Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8'0\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 15\/16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCore:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-Density Foam Core\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStringers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Durable, Flexible Bamboo Stringers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeck:\u003c\/strong\u003e IXPE Soft Deck\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable HDPE Slick Bottom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeash:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold Separately\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy the 8' Swell Operator Works\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e66 LITERS OF WAVE-CATCHING VOLUME\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a newer surfer, one of the biggest advantages you can give yourself is enough board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' Swell Operator carries \u003cstrong\u003e66 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing substantial flotation to help the board paddle efficiently, maintain momentum, and enter waves earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore successful wave attempts mean more opportunities to practice your pop-up, balance, positioning, trimming, and turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of fighting your surfboard, the Swell Operator is designed to help you \u003cstrong\u003ecatch more waves and progress faster.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTABLE 23\" WIDTH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e23 inches wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 8' Swell Operator provides a generous platform underneath the surfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe additional width helps with stability while paddling and makes the board more forgiving when getting to your feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat makes the 8'0\" particularly attractive for \u003cstrong\u003eadult beginners and surfers who prioritize stability over maximum maneuverability.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLOW ROCKER FOR EASY PADDLING\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator's \u003cstrong\u003elow-rocker profile\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the board glide efficiently through the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLess rocker through the board reduces unnecessary resistance while paddling, helping you generate speed and enter softer waves earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis combination of \u003cstrong\u003e8-foot length, 66L volume, 23-inch width, and low rocker\u003c\/strong\u003e is what gives the Swell Operator its easy wave-catching personality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTrue Soft Top Construction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-DENSITY FOAM CORE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator is a \u003cstrong\u003etrue soft top surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e built around a high-density foam core.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe foam construction provides the buoyancy and forgiving feel that make soft tops such an effective choice for learning, progressing, and having fun in everyday surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is \u003cstrong\u003enot a hard fiberglass or epoxy surfboard covered with a soft outer layer.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDUAL BAMBOO STRINGERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003edurable and flexible bamboo stringers\u003c\/strong\u003e provide internal support and help the board maintain its shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stringers add structure while allowing the Swell Operator to retain the forgiving flex and feel expected from a true soft top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIXPE SOFT DECK\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eIXPE soft deck\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a comfortable surface against your body, particularly when paddling and learning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat softer construction is especially valuable for newer surfers who naturally have more contact with their board while developing their skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend \u003cstrong\u003ewaxing your Swell Operator just like a traditional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDURABLE HDPE SLICK BOTTOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003edurable HDPE slick bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a smooth surface underneath the board to help it glide efficiently across the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined with the Swell Operator's low rocker and generous volume, the slick bottom helps maintain speed through smaller and softer waves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWho Should Ride the 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFIRST-TIME SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're buying your first surfboard, the 8' Swell Operator is designed to make the learning process easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combination of length, width, volume, and soft construction gives beginners a forgiving platform for developing the fundamentals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eADULT BEGINNERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many adult beginners, the additional stability and paddle power of an 8-foot soft top can be extremely valuable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than choosing a smaller board simply because it looks more maneuverable, the 8' Swell Operator prioritizes the things that matter most when learning:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaddling. Catching waves. Standing up. Staying balanced.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can worry about riding a smaller board later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePROGRESSING SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator doesn't become useless once you're consistently standing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your surfing progresses, you can use it to work on angled takeoffs, trimming, positioning, turning, and surfing down the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEXPERIENCED SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are days when performance isn't the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 66L Swell Operator provides experienced surfers with an easy-paddling, high-wave-count option for small surf, mellow beach breaks, and relaxed sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e8' Swell Operator Dimensions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7' vs. 8' Swell Operator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7' Swell Operator\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8' Swell Operator\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaddle Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManeuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller\/lighter beginners, progression \u0026amp; maneuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum stability, adult beginners \u0026amp; easy wave catching\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the 7' Swell Operator if:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou want a smaller, more maneuverable soft top while still getting plenty of stability and wave-catching ability. \u003cstrong\u003eGenerally suggested for a child or smaller adult.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the 8' Swell Operator if:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou prioritize \u003cstrong\u003estability, flotation, paddle power, and making surfing as easy as possible\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor a first-time adult surfer who's deciding between the two and doesn't have a specific reason to go smaller, we would suggest the 8'0\".\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBuilt for All Ages \u0026amp; Stages\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator is designed around a simple philosophy:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe more waves you catch, the more fun you'll have—and the faster you'll improve.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeginners get the stability and forgiveness needed to learn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProgressing surfers get a platform for developing fundamental surfing skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced surfers get an easy, high-volume board that makes small waves fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd because it's a true soft top, it's also an excellent board to keep around for \u003cstrong\u003efriends, family, and anyone who wants to surf.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSoft Top Surfboard\u003cbr\u003eFins\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold Separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurfboard Leash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend waxing the deck for additional traction before surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e8' Swell Operator FAQ\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 8' Swell Operator a good beginner surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 8' Swell Operator is specifically well suited to beginners because its \u003cstrong\u003e66L of volume, 23-inch width, low rocker, and soft construction\u003c\/strong\u003e provide substantial stability and paddle power. Those characteristics make paddling, catching waves, and getting to your feet easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs an 8-foot soft top good for learning to surf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many adult beginners, an 8-foot soft top is an excellent place to start. The additional length and volume provide greater flotation and stability than a smaller board, allowing newer surfers to focus on developing their fundamentals rather than struggling with an unnecessarily difficult surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Swell Operator a true foam surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Swell Operator is a \u003cstrong\u003etrue soft top \/ foam surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e built with a high-density foam core, two bamboo stringers, an IXPE soft deck, and a durable HDPE slick bottom. It is not a hard fiberglass surfboard with a soft covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 7' and 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest differences are \u003cstrong\u003evolume, stability, paddle power, and maneuverability\u003c\/strong\u003e. The 7'0\" has 53L of volume and is the more maneuverable option. The 8'0\" has \u003cstrong\u003e66L of volume and a 23-inch width\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing additional flotation, stability, and paddle power. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e if maneuverability is more important. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e if making paddling and wave catching easier is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan adults learn to surf on the 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 8' Swell Operator is particularly well suited to adult beginners because its substantial volume and width provide the stability and flotation that make learning easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre soft top surfboards only for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Although the Swell Operator is beginner-friendly, experienced surfers can enjoy its easy paddling and high wave count in smaller or softer surf. It's also a useful board to keep around for friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I outgrow the 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou may eventually want to add a smaller or more performance-oriented surfboard as your skills progress, but that doesn't make the Swell Operator obsolete. It can remain a great board for small-wave sessions, relaxed surfing, and sharing with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you turn an 8-foot soft top?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. While the 8' Swell Operator prioritizes stability and wave-catching ability over high-performance maneuverability, progressing surfers can use it to learn trimming, positioning, and basic turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat waves are best for the 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' Swell Operator performs particularly well in \u003cstrong\u003esmall to moderate surf, softer waves, and mellow beach breaks\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its 66L of volume and low rocker help it generate paddle speed and catch waves early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to wax the Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We recommend \u003cstrong\u003ewaxing the Swell Operator like any other surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide additional grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre fins included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eFins are included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"SwellOpFinal\" src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/video\/1038371864?badge=0\u0026amp;autopause=0\u0026amp;player_id=0\u0026amp;app_id=58479\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. \u003cstrong\u003eLeashes are sold separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997555630322,"sku":"sku-49652844134615","price":375.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/8_0Blue_6350825b-3122-4351-a0e6-94fc9cd83cba.jpg?v=1788030016"},{"product_id":"8-swell-operator-soft-top-surfboard-coral-pink-ships-10-6-26","title":"8 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Swell Operator Soft Top Surfboard - Coral Pink","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMore stability. More paddle power. More waves.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e8' Swell Operator Soft Top Surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to make surfing easier from the very first paddle. With generous volume, a stable outline, low rocker, and forgiving soft-top construction, it's an ideal choice for beginners, larger surfers, families, and anyone who wants to maximize their wave count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e8'0\" x 23\" x 2 15\/16\" with 66 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 8' Swell Operator provides substantially more flotation and stability than the 7'0\", making paddling, catching waves, and getting to your feet easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe low rocker helps the board glide efficiently and enter waves early, while the 23-inch width creates a stable platform for learning and progressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut beginner-friendly doesn't mean beginner-only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced surfers can take advantage of the Swell Operator's easy paddling and 66L of volume when the waves are small, soft, or simply calling for a relaxed session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to paddle. Stable underfoot. Built to catch more waves.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Learning to surf, larger beginners, families, progression, and maximizing wave count\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small to Moderate Surf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top \/ Foam Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8'0\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 15\/16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCore:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-Density Foam Core\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStringers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Durable, Flexible Bamboo Stringers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeck:\u003c\/strong\u003e IXPE Soft Deck\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable HDPE Slick Bottom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeash:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold Separately\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy the 8' Swell Operator Works\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e66 LITERS OF WAVE-CATCHING VOLUME\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a newer surfer, one of the biggest advantages you can give yourself is enough board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' Swell Operator carries \u003cstrong\u003e66 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing substantial flotation to help the board paddle efficiently, maintain momentum, and enter waves earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore successful wave attempts mean more opportunities to practice your pop-up, balance, positioning, trimming, and turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of fighting your surfboard, the Swell Operator is designed to help you \u003cstrong\u003ecatch more waves and progress faster.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTABLE 23\" WIDTH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e23 inches wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 8' Swell Operator provides a generous platform underneath the surfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe additional width helps with stability while paddling and makes the board more forgiving when getting to your feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat makes the 8'0\" particularly attractive for \u003cstrong\u003eadult beginners and surfers who prioritize stability over maximum maneuverability.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLOW ROCKER FOR EASY PADDLING\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator's \u003cstrong\u003elow-rocker profile\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the board glide efficiently through the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLess rocker through the board reduces unnecessary resistance while paddling, helping you generate speed and enter softer waves earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis combination of \u003cstrong\u003e8-foot length, 66L volume, 23-inch width, and low rocker\u003c\/strong\u003e is what gives the Swell Operator its easy wave-catching personality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTrue Soft Top Construction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-DENSITY FOAM CORE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator is a \u003cstrong\u003etrue soft top surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e built around a high-density foam core.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe foam construction provides the buoyancy and forgiving feel that make soft tops such an effective choice for learning, progressing, and having fun in everyday surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is \u003cstrong\u003enot a hard fiberglass or epoxy surfboard covered with a soft outer layer.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDUAL BAMBOO STRINGERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003edurable and flexible bamboo stringers\u003c\/strong\u003e provide internal support and help the board maintain its shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stringers add structure while allowing the Swell Operator to retain the forgiving flex and feel expected from a true soft top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIXPE SOFT DECK\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eIXPE soft deck\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a comfortable surface against your body, particularly when paddling and learning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat softer construction is especially valuable for newer surfers who naturally have more contact with their board while developing their skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend \u003cstrong\u003ewaxing your Swell Operator just like a traditional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDURABLE HDPE SLICK BOTTOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003edurable HDPE slick bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a smooth surface underneath the board to help it glide efficiently across the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined with the Swell Operator's low rocker and generous volume, the slick bottom helps maintain speed through smaller and softer waves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWho Should Ride the 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFIRST-TIME SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're buying your first surfboard, the 8' Swell Operator is designed to make the learning process easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combination of length, width, volume, and soft construction gives beginners a forgiving platform for developing the fundamentals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eADULT BEGINNERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many adult beginners, the additional stability and paddle power of an 8-foot soft top can be extremely valuable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than choosing a smaller board simply because it looks more maneuverable, the 8' Swell Operator prioritizes the things that matter most when learning:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaddling. Catching waves. Standing up. Staying balanced.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can worry about riding a smaller board later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePROGRESSING SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator doesn't become useless once you're consistently standing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your surfing progresses, you can use it to work on angled takeoffs, trimming, positioning, turning, and surfing down the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEXPERIENCED SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are days when performance isn't the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 66L Swell Operator provides experienced surfers with an easy-paddling, high-wave-count option for small surf, mellow beach breaks, and relaxed sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e8' Swell Operator Dimensions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003e7' vs. 8' Swell Operator\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7' Swell Operator\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8' Swell Operator\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaddle Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManeuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller\/lighter beginners, progression \u0026amp; maneuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum stability, adult beginners \u0026amp; easy wave catching\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the 7' Swell Operator if:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou want a smaller, more maneuverable soft top while still getting plenty of stability and wave-catching ability. \u003cstrong\u003eGenerally suggested for a child or smaller adult.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the 8' Swell Operator if:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou prioritize \u003cstrong\u003estability, flotation, paddle power, and making surfing as easy as possible\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor a first-time adult surfer who's deciding between the two and doesn't have a specific reason to go smaller, we would suggest the 8'0\".\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBuilt for All Ages \u0026amp; Stages\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Swell Operator is designed around a simple philosophy:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe more waves you catch, the more fun you'll have—and the faster you'll improve.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeginners get the stability and forgiveness needed to learn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProgressing surfers get a platform for developing fundamental surfing skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced surfers get an easy, high-volume board that makes small waves fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd because it's a true soft top, it's also an excellent board to keep around for \u003cstrong\u003efriends, family, and anyone who wants to surf.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSoft Top Surfboard\u003cbr\u003eFins\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold Separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurfboard Leash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend waxing the deck for additional traction before surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e8' Swell Operator FAQ\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 8' Swell Operator a good beginner surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 8' Swell Operator is specifically well suited to beginners because its \u003cstrong\u003e66L of volume, 23-inch width, low rocker, and soft construction\u003c\/strong\u003e provide substantial stability and paddle power. Those characteristics make paddling, catching waves, and getting to your feet easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs an 8-foot soft top good for learning to surf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many adult beginners, an 8-foot soft top is an excellent place to start. The additional length and volume provide greater flotation and stability than a smaller board, allowing newer surfers to focus on developing their fundamentals rather than struggling with an unnecessarily difficult surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Swell Operator a true foam surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Swell Operator is a \u003cstrong\u003etrue soft top \/ foam surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e built with a high-density foam core, two bamboo stringers, an IXPE soft deck, and a durable HDPE slick bottom. It is not a hard fiberglass surfboard with a soft covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 7' and 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest differences are \u003cstrong\u003evolume, stability, paddle power, and maneuverability\u003c\/strong\u003e. The 7'0\" has 53L of volume and is the more maneuverable option. The 8'0\" has \u003cstrong\u003e66L of volume and a 23-inch width\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing additional flotation, stability, and paddle power. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e if maneuverability is more important. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e if making paddling and wave catching easier is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan adults learn to surf on the 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 8' Swell Operator is particularly well suited to adult beginners because its substantial volume and width provide the stability and flotation that make learning easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre soft top surfboards only for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Although the Swell Operator is beginner-friendly, experienced surfers can enjoy its easy paddling and high wave count in smaller or softer surf. It's also a useful board to keep around for friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I outgrow the 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou may eventually want to add a smaller or more performance-oriented surfboard as your skills progress, but that doesn't make the Swell Operator obsolete. It can remain a great board for small-wave sessions, relaxed surfing, and sharing with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you turn an 8-foot soft top?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. While the 8' Swell Operator prioritizes stability and wave-catching ability over high-performance maneuverability, progressing surfers can use it to learn trimming, positioning, and basic turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat waves are best for the 8' Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' Swell Operator performs particularly well in \u003cstrong\u003esmall to moderate surf, softer waves, and mellow beach breaks\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its 66L of volume and low rocker help it generate paddle speed and catch waves early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to wax the Swell Operator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We recommend \u003cstrong\u003ewaxing the Swell Operator like any other surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide additional grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre fins included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eFins are included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"SwellOpFinal\" src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/video\/1038371864?badge=0\u0026amp;autopause=0\u0026amp;player_id=0\u0026amp;app_id=58479\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. \u003cstrong\u003eLeashes are sold separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997555564786,"sku":"sku-49652768800983","price":375.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/8_0Pink_bc824f93-360c-4b48-b7b8-5bba0669ca8c.jpg?v=1788030017"},{"product_id":"8-party-wave-soft-top-surfboard-rose-ships-10-6-26","title":"8 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Party Wave Soft Top Surfboard - Rose","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum stability. Easy paddling. More waves for everyone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e8' Party Wave Soft Top Surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to make surfing as approachable and enjoyable as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e8'0\" x 23\" x 2 15\/16\" with 66 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 8' Party Wave provides substantial flotation, stability, and paddle power—making it an excellent choice for first-time surfers, adult beginners, families, and anyone who wants an easy wave-catching surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003elow rocker\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the board glide efficiently and enter waves early, while the generous 23-inch width creates a stable platform for paddling and getting to your feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor beginners, that means more successful waves and more opportunities to improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor experienced surfers, it means a high-volume soft top capable of turning a tiny, soft day into a genuinely fun session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd when you're done? Hand it to your friend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThat's the Party Wave.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e First-time surfers, adult beginners, families, progression \u0026amp; maximum wave count\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small to Moderate Surf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top \/ Foam Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8'0\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 15\/16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCore:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-Density Foam Core\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStringers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Durable, Flexible Bamboo Stringers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeck:\u003c\/strong\u003e IXPE Soft Deck\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable HDPE Slick Bottom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeash:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold Separately\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy the 8' Party Wave Works\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e66L OF WAVE-CATCHING VOLUME\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' Party Wave carries \u003cstrong\u003e66 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing the flotation needed for efficient paddling, early wave entry, and excellent stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a beginner, that can make a major difference. Instead of spending the entire session struggling to catch waves, the Party Wave gives you a stable platform designed to help you paddle, catch waves, stand up, and repeat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTABLE 23\" WIDTH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e23 inches wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 8' Party Wave provides additional stability compared with the 7'0\". That makes it particularly well suited to adult beginners and surfers who prioritize stability and wave-catching ability over maximum maneuverability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLOW ROCKER FOR EASY PADDLING\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave's low-rocker profile helps the board move efficiently through the water. Combined with its 8-foot length and 66L of volume, this gives the board excellent paddle power and helps it enter smaller, softer waves early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTrue Soft Top Construction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-DENSITY FOAM CORE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave is built as a \u003cstrong\u003etrue soft top surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e with a high-density foam core designed to provide flotation and a forgiving feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDUAL BAMBOO STRINGERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003edurable, flexible bamboo stringers\u003c\/strong\u003e provide internal structure and support while allowing the board to retain the flex associated with soft-top construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIXPE SOFT DECK\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe comfortable \u003cstrong\u003eIXPE soft deck\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a forgiving surface for paddling and learning. We recommend waxing the deck for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHDPE SLICK BOTTOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHDPE slick bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a smooth running surface designed to help the Party Wave glide efficiently and maintain speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWho Should Ride the 8' Party Wave?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFIRST-TIME SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your priority is making learning as easy as possible, the 8' Party Wave provides considerably more stability and flotation than many smaller beginner boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eADULT BEGINNERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 66L volume and 23-inch width make the 8'0\" particularly attractive for adult beginners who want more board underneath them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePROGRESSING SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce you're consistently standing up, use the Party Wave to work on angled takeoffs, trimming, positioning, and basic turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEXPERIENCED SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the waves are small, the Party Wave's paddle power and generous volume make catching waves almost effortless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFRIENDS \u0026amp; FAMILY\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' Party Wave is exactly the kind of surfboard worth keeping around. Even after you've progressed onto other boards, you've still got an easy-to-ride soft top for friends, family, visitors, or small-wave sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e8' Party Wave Dimensions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Party Wave Should I Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaddle Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManeuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter beginners, progression \u0026amp; maneuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdult beginners, stability \u0026amp; maximum wave count\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the 7' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want a more maneuverable soft top while retaining plenty of flotation and stability. \u003cstrong\u003eGenerally suggested for a child or smaller adult.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the 8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e if your priority is maximum stability, easier paddling, and catching as many waves as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many first-time adult surfers deciding between the two, \u003cstrong\u003ethe 8'0\" will generally be the easier board to learn on.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top Surfboard + Fins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold Separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surfboard Leash\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 8' Party Wave a good beginner surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With 66L of volume, a 23-inch width, low rocker, and forgiving soft construction, the 8' Party Wave provides the stability and paddle power that make learning easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs an 8-foot foam surfboard good for adults?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many adult beginners, yes. An 8-foot soft top provides substantial flotation and stability while remaining manageable enough to progress on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Party Wave a true soft top?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-density foam core, dual bamboo stringers, IXPE soft deck, and HDPE slick bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between the 7' and 8' Party Wave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\" has 53L\u003c\/strong\u003e and emphasizes maneuverability. The \u003cstrong\u003e8'0\" has 66L\u003c\/strong\u003e and emphasizes stability, paddle power, and wave-catching ability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I outgrow the 8' Party Wave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. Even after progressing to other boards, the Party Wave remains an excellent small-wave board and an easy surfboard to share with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre fins included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eFins are included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to wax it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We recommend waxing the deck for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"SwellOpFinal\" src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/video\/1038371864?badge=0\u0026amp;autopause=0\u0026amp;player_id=0\u0026amp;app_id=58479\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. \u003cstrong\u003eLeashes are sold separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997555597554,"sku":"sku-49653169848535","price":375.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/8_0Rose_3d4c3d64-c48b-413f-bafd-a52deaaeac7f.jpg?v=1788030016"},{"product_id":"7-party-wave-soft-top-surfboard-blue-steel-ships-10-6-26","title":"7 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Party Wave Soft Top Surfboard - Blue Steel","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to ride. Easy to share. Built for more waves.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e7' Party Wave Soft Top Surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile foam surfboard designed to make surfing easier and more fun for just about everyone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\" x 22\" x 2 13\/16\" with 53 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Party Wave combines generous flotation and stability with a manageable 7-foot outline. Beginners get the paddle power and forgiveness they need to learn, while progressing and experienced surfers get a playful soft top that's easy to paddle and fun when the waves are small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003elow rocker and substantial volume\u003c\/strong\u003e help the Party Wave generate paddle speed and enter waves early. That means less time fighting to catch waves and more time actually surfing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd that's exactly where the name comes from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave is the kind of surfboard everyone wants to grab. Learn on it. Progress on it. Let your friends ride it. Throw it in the car for a small-wave session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore waves. More surfers. More fun. Welcome to the Party Wave.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Learning, progression, families, small waves \u0026amp; everyday fun\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top \/ Foam Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7'0\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 13\/16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCore:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-Density Foam Core\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStringers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Durable, Flexible Bamboo Stringers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeck:\u003c\/strong\u003e IXPE Soft Deck\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable HDPE Slick Bottom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeash:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold Separately\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy the 7' Party Wave Works\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e53L OF WAVE-CATCHING VOLUME\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCatching waves is the fastest way to make surfing more fun—and the fastest way to improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7' Party Wave packs \u003cstrong\u003e53 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e into a manageable 7-foot outline, providing plenty of flotation without making the board unnecessarily large.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor beginners, that means easier paddling, earlier wave entry, and more opportunities to practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor experienced surfers, it means a high-wave-count soft top that's perfect when the surf is small, soft, or simply calling for something fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLOW ROCKER FOR EASY PADDLING\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave's \u003cstrong\u003elow rocker\u003c\/strong\u003e helps it glide efficiently through the water and generate paddle speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat efficiency makes catching smaller and softer waves easier and helps newer surfers enter waves earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTABLE 22\" WIDTH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e22 inches wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 7' Party Wave provides a stable platform for paddling, popping up, and finding your balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7-foot length keeps the board manageable and maneuverable, making this the more responsive Party Wave option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTrue Soft Top Construction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-DENSITY FOAM CORE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave is a \u003cstrong\u003etrue soft top surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e built around a high-density foam core for flotation and a forgiving feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a hard fiberglass or epoxy surfboard covered with a soft outer layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDUAL BAMBOO STRINGERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003edurable and flexible bamboo stringers\u003c\/strong\u003e provide internal support while preserving the forgiving characteristics that make a soft top so enjoyable to surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIXPE SOFT DECK\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eIXPE soft deck\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a comfortable surface against your body while paddling and learning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend \u003cstrong\u003ewaxing the Party Wave like a traditional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHDPE SLICK BOTTOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA durable \u003cstrong\u003eHDPE slick bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the Party Wave glide efficiently across the water and maintain speed through softer sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined with the low rocker and generous volume, it helps create the board's easy wave-catching personality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWho Should Ride the 7' Party Wave?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBEGINNERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combination of 53L of volume, 22-inch width, low rocker, and soft construction gives newer surfers a forgiving platform for learning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePROGRESSING SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your surfing improves, the manageable 7-foot outline gives you room to work on angled takeoffs, trimming, positioning, and turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEXPERIENCED SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave isn't something you necessarily outgrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced surfers can use it as an easy-paddling, high-volume option for small-wave sessions when maximizing wave count is the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFRIENDS \u0026amp; FAMILY\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis might be the Party Wave's secret weapon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the kind of board you'll want to keep around even after progressing to other surfboards because it's easy to share with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e7' Party Wave Dimensions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e22\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e53L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuggested Rider Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50–200 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperience, fitness, and wave conditions also affect appropriate surfboard sizing. Larger first-time surfers may benefit from the additional volume and stability of the \u003cstrong\u003e8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Party Wave Should I Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaddle Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManeuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter beginners, progression \u0026amp; maneuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdult beginners, stability \u0026amp; maximum wave count\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the 7' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want a more maneuverable soft top while retaining plenty of flotation and stability. \u003cstrong\u003eGenerally suggested for a child or smaller adult.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the 8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e if your priority is maximum stability, easier paddling, and catching as many waves as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many first-time adult surfers deciding between the two, \u003cstrong\u003ethe 8'0\" will generally be the easier board to learn on.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top Surfboard + Fins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold Separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surfboard Leash\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e7' Party Wave FAQ\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 7' Party Wave a good beginner surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 7' Party Wave combines 53L of volume, a stable 22-inch width, low rocker, and forgiving soft construction to make paddling, wave catching, and learning easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Party Wave a true soft top surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Party Wave uses a high-density foam core, IXPE soft deck, dual bamboo stringers, and HDPE slick bottom. It is a true foam surfboard rather than a hard surfboard with a soft covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a 7-foot soft top good for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 7-foot soft top can be an excellent beginner board when appropriately sized for the surfer. The 7' Party Wave is particularly useful for lighter beginners and surfers who want a balance between stability and maneuverability. Larger first-time surfers may find the 8' Party Wave easier to learn on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre soft top surfboards only for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Experienced surfers often enjoy higher-volume soft tops in smaller or softer waves because they're easy to paddle and catch waves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I outgrow the Party Wave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. You may eventually add a smaller or more performance-oriented surfboard, but the Party Wave can remain a fun small-wave board or a board to share with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to wax the Party Wave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We recommend waxing the Party Wave like a traditional surfboard for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre fins included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eFins are included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"SwellOpFinal\" src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/video\/1038371864?badge=0\u0026amp;autopause=0\u0026amp;player_id=0\u0026amp;app_id=58479\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. \u003cstrong\u003eLeashes are sold separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997555663090,"sku":"sku-49653194784983","price":349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/7_0Blue.jpg?v=1788030017"},{"product_id":"8-party-wave-soft-top-surfboard-blue-steel-ships-10-6-26","title":"8 Foot Surfboard Trading Co. | Party Wave Soft Top Surfboard - Blue Steel","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum stability. Easy paddling. More waves for everyone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e8' Party Wave Soft Top Surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to make surfing as approachable and enjoyable as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e8'0\" x 23\" x 2 15\/16\" with 66 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 8' Party Wave provides substantial flotation, stability, and paddle power—making it an excellent choice for first-time surfers, adult beginners, families, and anyone who wants an easy wave-catching surfboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003elow rocker\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the board glide efficiently and enter waves early, while the generous 23-inch width creates a stable platform for paddling and getting to your feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor beginners, that means more successful waves and more opportunities to improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor experienced surfers, it means a high-volume soft top capable of turning a tiny, soft day into a genuinely fun session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd when you're done? Hand it to your friend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThat's the Party Wave.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBEST FOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner to Advanced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e First-time surfers, adult beginners, families, progression \u0026amp; maximum wave count\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small to Moderate Surf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top \/ Foam Surfboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8'0\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 15\/16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low Rocker\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCore:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-Density Foam Core\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStringers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Durable, Flexible Bamboo Stringers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeck:\u003c\/strong\u003e IXPE Soft Deck\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable HDPE Slick Bottom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeash:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold Separately\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy the 8' Party Wave Works\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e66L OF WAVE-CATCHING VOLUME\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' Party Wave carries \u003cstrong\u003e66 liters of volume\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing the flotation needed for efficient paddling, early wave entry, and excellent stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a beginner, that can make a major difference. Instead of spending the entire session struggling to catch waves, the Party Wave gives you a stable platform designed to help you paddle, catch waves, stand up, and repeat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTABLE 23\" WIDTH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e23 inches wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 8' Party Wave provides additional stability compared with the 7'0\". That makes it particularly well suited to adult beginners and surfers who prioritize stability and wave-catching ability over maximum maneuverability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLOW ROCKER FOR EASY PADDLING\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave's low-rocker profile helps the board move efficiently through the water. Combined with its 8-foot length and 66L of volume, this gives the board excellent paddle power and helps it enter smaller, softer waves early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTrue Soft Top Construction\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHIGH-DENSITY FOAM CORE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Party Wave is built as a \u003cstrong\u003etrue soft top surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e with a high-density foam core designed to provide flotation and a forgiving feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDUAL BAMBOO STRINGERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003edurable, flexible bamboo stringers\u003c\/strong\u003e provide internal structure and support while allowing the board to retain the flex associated with soft-top construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIXPE SOFT DECK\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe comfortable \u003cstrong\u003eIXPE soft deck\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a forgiving surface for paddling and learning. We recommend waxing the deck for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHDPE SLICK BOTTOM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHDPE slick bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a smooth running surface designed to help the Party Wave glide efficiently and maintain speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWho Should Ride the 8' Party Wave?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFIRST-TIME SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your priority is making learning as easy as possible, the 8' Party Wave provides considerably more stability and flotation than many smaller beginner boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eADULT BEGINNERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 66L volume and 23-inch width make the 8'0\" particularly attractive for adult beginners who want more board underneath them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePROGRESSING SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce you're consistently standing up, use the Party Wave to work on angled takeoffs, trimming, positioning, and basic turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEXPERIENCED SURFERS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the waves are small, the Party Wave's paddle power and generous volume make catching waves almost effortless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFRIENDS \u0026amp; FAMILY\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' Party Wave is exactly the kind of surfboard worth keeping around. Even after you've progressed onto other boards, you've still got an easy-to-ride soft top for friends, family, visitors, or small-wave sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e8' Party Wave Dimensions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Party Wave Should I Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7'0\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8'0\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 13\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 15\/16\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e66L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaddle Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManeuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter beginners, progression \u0026amp; maneuverability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdult beginners, stability \u0026amp; maximum wave count\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the 7' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want a more maneuverable soft top while retaining plenty of flotation and stability. \u003cstrong\u003eGenerally suggested for a child or smaller adult.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the 8' Party Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e if your priority is maximum stability, easier paddling, and catching as many waves as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many first-time adult surfers deciding between the two, \u003cstrong\u003ethe 8'0\" will generally be the easier board to learn on.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Top Surfboard + Fins\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold Separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surfboard Leash\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 8' Party Wave a good beginner surfboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With 66L of volume, a 23-inch width, low rocker, and forgiving soft construction, the 8' Party Wave provides the stability and paddle power that make learning easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs an 8-foot foam surfboard good for adults?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many adult beginners, yes. An 8-foot soft top provides substantial flotation and stability while remaining manageable enough to progress on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Party Wave a true soft top?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-density foam core, dual bamboo stringers, IXPE soft deck, and HDPE slick bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between the 7' and 8' Party Wave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e7'0\" has 53L\u003c\/strong\u003e and emphasizes maneuverability. The \u003cstrong\u003e8'0\" has 66L\u003c\/strong\u003e and emphasizes stability, paddle power, and wave-catching ability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I outgrow the 8' Party Wave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. Even after progressing to other boards, the Party Wave remains an excellent small-wave board and an easy surfboard to share with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre fins included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eFins are included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to wax it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We recommend waxing the deck for additional traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVideos\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 56.25% 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"SwellOpFinal\" src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/video\/1038371864?badge=0\u0026amp;autopause=0\u0026amp;player_id=0\u0026amp;app_id=58479\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49997555695858,"sku":"sku-49652846493911","price":375.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/8_0Blue_fcb06a23-5165-4386-83c8-091016ff5b61.jpg?v=1788030016"},{"product_id":"the-palm-print-designer-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Palm Print – Designer Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe Palm Print\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by sun-faded palms and the effortless character of vintage coastal Florida, \u003cstrong\u003eThe Palm Print\u003c\/strong\u003e brings warmth, texture, and a relaxed tropical feel into the home. Its repeating palm design and soft, neutral palette make it a statement piece without overwhelming the space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eyour walls or the water\u003c\/strong\u003e, The Palm Print is built on a fully functional surfboard—combining authentic surf craftsmanship with coastal art. Display it as the centerpiece of a living room, entryway, bedroom, beach house, hotel, or hospitality space, or take it off the wall when it's time to surf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e7'4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e, the board has enough presence to anchor a room while remaining versatile enough for a variety of spaces. The warm palm pattern works especially well with natural woods, linen, rattan, stone, and other organic materials found throughout modern coastal interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA surfboard made to be ridden. A piece of art designed to be lived with.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Palm Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vintage Coastal \/ Tropical \/ Old Florida\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Functional Surfboard \/ Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coastal homes, beach houses, tropical interiors \u0026amp; hospitality spaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7'4\" x 21 1\/2\" x 3\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 52.2L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully Functional Surfboard + Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produced in Limited Quantities\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE FOR THE WALL. BUILT FOR THE WATER.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Palm Print isn't a decorative surfboard replica. It's a \u003cstrong\u003efully functional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e transformed into a piece of coastal art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe authentic surfboard shape gives the piece dimension and presence that traditional framed artwork can't replicate, while the palm print brings a relaxed connection to the places and lifestyle that inspired it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHang it. Surf it. Live with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWARM, TIMELESS COASTAL DESIGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Palm Print takes inspiration from the palms and sun-washed colors synonymous with life along the coast. Rather than leaning into bright tropical décor, its softer palette gives the design a more refined, collected character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works beautifully in \u003cstrong\u003emodern coastal, Old Florida, tropical, organic, and vintage-inspired interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLIMITED BY DESIGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur print art surfboards are intentionally produced in \u003cstrong\u003esmall quantities\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than mass-produced, creating distinctive pieces for homeowners, collectors, interior designers, and hospitality projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere does The Palm Print work best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe warm, neutral palette makes The Palm Print particularly versatile. It works beautifully in living rooms, bedrooms, entryways, beach houses, coastal offices, hotels, restaurants, vacation properties, and other design-forward spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs The Palm Print a real surfboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Palm Print is a \u003cstrong\u003efully functional 7'4\" surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a decorative replica. It's designed to be displayed as surfboard wall art while remaining completely connected to its original purpose—the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan The Palm Print be hung horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 7'4\" shape works beautifully displayed either vertically or horizontally. A horizontal installation can create a particularly strong statement above a sofa, console, bed, or along a larger feature wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs The Palm Print suitable for interior design projects?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The collection was created with residential, commercial, and hospitality design in mind. Interior designers and trade professionals can contact Surfboard Trading Co. for information about our \u003cstrong\u003eTrade Program and designer pricing\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I actually surf The Palm Print?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Palm Print is made for \u003cstrong\u003eyour walls or the water\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's a functional surfboard that doubles as coastal artwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs every Palm Print always available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur print art surfboards are produced in limited quantities, so availability can vary by design.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67577680920818,"sku":"sku-49781745811671","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/LXS00049.jpg?v=1790536236"},{"product_id":"the-old-florida-print-designer-surfboard-wall-art","title":"The Old Florida Print – Designer Surfboard Wall Art","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe Old Florida Print\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by the timeless character of \u003cstrong\u003eOld Florida\u003c\/strong\u003e, this print brings a sense of nostalgia, warmth, and understated coastal style into the home. Designed to feel collected rather than simply decorated, the Old Florida Print is a statement piece rooted in the relaxed elegance of Florida's coastal past.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade for \u003cstrong\u003eyour walls or the water\u003c\/strong\u003e, each piece is built as a fully functional surfboard—blurring the line between functional surf craft and coastal art. Display it in a living room, entryway, beach house, hotel, or hospitality space, or take it down when the ocean calls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e8'0\" silhouette\u003c\/strong\u003e gives the piece substantial presence on a wall while its classic proportions and nostalgic print make it equally at home in traditional coastal, tropical, vintage-inspired, and contemporary interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for those who believe the best coastal spaces should feel lived-in, collected, and connected to the water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDETAILS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Old Florida Print\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Old Florida \/ Vintage Coastal \/ Tropical\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Functional Surfboard \/ Surfboard Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coastal homes, beach houses, hospitality spaces \u0026amp; statement walls\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8'0\" x 22 7\/8\" x 3\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65.7L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully Functional Surfboard + Wall Art\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produced in Limited Quantities\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMADE FOR THE WALL. BUILT FOR THE WATER.\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike decorative surfboard replicas, the Old Florida Print is created on a \u003cstrong\u003efully functional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. It can become the centerpiece of a room while remaining connected to the culture that inspired it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHang it as art. Surf it as a board. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLIMITED BY DESIGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur print art boards are intentionally produced in \u003cstrong\u003esmall quantities\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving each design a sense of exclusivity rarely found in traditional coastal décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Old Florida Print is created for homeowners, interior designers, collectors, and hospitality spaces looking for something more distinctive than mass-produced wall art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWHERE DOES THE OLD FLORIDA PRINT WORK BEST?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts nostalgic coastal character works especially well in \u003cstrong\u003eFlorida homes, coastal residences, beach houses, entryways, living rooms, hotel spaces, restaurants, and design-forward vacation properties\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt eight feet long, it works particularly well as a horizontal statement piece over a sofa, console, bed, or along a large feature wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Old Florida Print a real surfboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is not a decorative surfboard replica. The Old Florida Print is built as a \u003cstrong\u003efully functional surfboard\u003c\/strong\u003e that can be displayed as art or surfed in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the surfboard be hung horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its 8'0\" silhouette makes it especially striking when displayed horizontally across a large wall. Appropriate surfboard wall mounts should be used to properly support the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this suitable for interior designers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Our art and print boards are designed with \u003cstrong\u003eresidential, commercial, and hospitality interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e in mind. Trade inquiries from interior designers, architects, hospitality groups, and design professionals are welcome.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Old Florida Print limited edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Old Florida Print is produced in \u003cstrong\u003elimited quantities rather than mass-produced\u003c\/strong\u003e, so availability may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it actually be surfed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The board is fully functional and designed for the water as well as the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Surfboard Trading Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67577680953586,"sku":"sku-49781712814295","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/files\/LXS00037.jpg?v=1790536236"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0760\/1242\/1362\/collections\/STC_100x100_6e1ad7f7-d93d-4128-b4ad-e826b90c46a5.jpg?v=1793386058","url":"https:\/\/bluehorizonpursuit.com\/collections\/surfboard-trading-co.oembed","provider":"Blue Horizon Pursuit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}